lifts mas vol 3 - training · 2 © utl98 copyright © lift-skills australia po box q284, qvb,...

262

Upload: others

Post on 07-Aug-2020

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights
Page 2: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

2 © UTL98

COPYRIGHT

© Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544

All rights reserved. This work has been produced by Lift-Skills Australia with industry funding. This publication is copyright but permission is given to trainers and teachers to make copies by photocopying or other duplicating processes for use within their own training organisation or in a workplace where the training is being conducted. This permission does not extend to the making of copies for use outside the immediate training environment for which they are made, nor the making of copies for hire or resale to third parties. For permission outside of these guidelines, apply in writing to Lift-Skills Australia.

With the exception of Lift-Skills Australia, the Australian National Training Authority is granted exclusive licence to reproduce by any process, electronic or otherwise and distribute, without the specific written permission of the copyright owner. The exclusive licensee may store information electronically in any form whatsoever without such permission. All other enquiries should be directed to the copyright owner.

The views expressed in this version of the work do not necessarily represent the views of ANTA. ANTA does not give warranty nor accept any liability in relation to the content of this work.

First published 1998

This version: November 1998

This edition published with permission by:

Australian Training Products Ltd GPO Box 5347BB MELBOURNE VIC 3001 Telephone: +61 3 9630 9836 or 9630 9837 Facsimile: +61 3 9639 4684

This Edition : March 1999

STOCKCODE: 9850003STD

Printed by Mercury Printeam Australia Pty Ltd, MELBOURNE, AUSTRALIA

UTL98 Lifts Industry Training Package Volume 3 of 3

Page 3: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 3 UTL98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Glossary..................................................................................................................................... 5 UTL NLS302 A......................................................................................................................... 11 Conduct Structural Welding..................................................................................................... 11

Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 12 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 13

UTL NLS303 A......................................................................................................................... 20 Advanced Mechanical Fitting................................................................................................... 20

Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 21 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 22

UTL NLS304 A......................................................................................................................... 30 Fabricate and Modify Components ......................................................................................... 30

Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 31 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 32

UTL NLS305 A......................................................................................................................... 37 Alignment of Lift Structures ..................................................................................................... 37

Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 38 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 40

UTL NLS306 A......................................................................................................................... 47 Single Wrap Roping of Lifts ..................................................................................................... 47

Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 48 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 49

UTL NLS307 A......................................................................................................................... 56 Multiple Wrap Roping of Lifts................................................................................................... 56

Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 57 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 58

UTL NLS308 A......................................................................................................................... 65 Inspect Ropes.......................................................................................................................... 65

Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 66 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 67

UTL NLS309 A......................................................................................................................... 71 Repair Escalator Handrails...................................................................................................... 71

Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 72 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 73

UTL NLS310 A......................................................................................................................... 78 Maintain Escalators/Moving Walks.......................................................................................... 78

Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 79 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 80

UTL NLS311 A......................................................................................................................... 87 Install Escalators/Moving Walks.............................................................................................. 87

Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 88 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 89

UTL NLS312 A......................................................................................................................... 95 Maintain Hydraulic Lift Equipment........................................................................................... 95

Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 96 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 97

UTL NLS313 A....................................................................................................................... 103 Install/Maintain Hoses and Tubing ........................................................................................ 103

Range of Variables ............................................................................................................ 104 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 105

UTL NLS314 A....................................................................................................................... 112 Set Out Multiple Lift Wells ..................................................................................................... 112

Range of Variables ............................................................................................................ 113 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 114

UTL NLS315 A....................................................................................................................... 120 Lift Safety Gear Acceptance Test.......................................................................................... 120

Range of Variables ............................................................................................................ 121

Page 4: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

4 © UTL98

Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 122 UTL NLS316 A....................................................................................................................... 130 Lift Safety Gear Periodic Test................................................................................................ 130

Range of Variables.............................................................................................................131 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 132

UTL NLS317 A....................................................................................................................... 142 Lift Equipment Compliance Testing....................................................................................... 142

Range of Variables.............................................................................................................143 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 144

UTL NLS401 A....................................................................................................................... 158 Write Operational Report .......................................................................................................158

Range of Variables.............................................................................................................158 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 159

UTL NLS402 A....................................................................................................................... 164 Workplace Trainer - Category 1 ............................................................................................ 164

Range of Variables.............................................................................................................167 UTL NLS403 A....................................................................................................................... 168 Workplace Trainer - Category 2 ............................................................................................ 168

Range of Variables.............................................................................................................177 UTL NLS 404 A...................................................................................................................... 178 Workplace Assessor .............................................................................................................. 178

Range of Variables.............................................................................................................181 UTL NLS405 A....................................................................................................................... 183 Release Passengers from Lifts.............................................................................................. 183

Range of Variables.............................................................................................................184 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 186

Unit NLS406........................................................................................................................... 198 Lift Performance Assessment................................................................................................ 198

Range of Variables.............................................................................................................199 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 200

UTL NLS407 A....................................................................................................................... 215 Co-ordinate Commissioning of Lifts....................................................................................... 215

Range of Variables.............................................................................................................216 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 217

UTL NLS408 A....................................................................................................................... 232 Co-ordinate Maintenance of Lifts........................................................................................... 232

Range of Variables.............................................................................................................233 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 234

UTL NLS409 A....................................................................................................................... 247 Co-ordinate Installation of Lifts ..............................................................................................247

Range of Variables.............................................................................................................248 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 249

Page 5: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 5 UTL98

Glossary Italic typeface is used in this competency standards document to indicate terms and variables that require further explanation. Those that have a common meaning throughout this standard are explained below.

The explanations of document relevant terms in some instances are direct extracts or derived from technical standards or codes published by Standards Australia or jointly by Standards Australia and Standards New Zealand. In either instance they are terms commonly used within the Lift Industry.

Common terms and variables Accessories - Electrical

Any device associated with, and forming an integral part of the wiring systems such as switch, fuse, plug, socket outlet, lampholder, fitting, adaptor, ceiling rose; connectors, clamps, termination posts, lugs, strips and blocks; clips, ties and bindings.

Appropriate personnel

Individuals with responsibilities for design, installation, maintenance, production or servicing activities. This can include;

• site managers

• project managers

• engineers and technicians

• line managers/supervisors

• team leaders

• field operatives other personnel designated by an organisation or enterprise. Approval of equipment

Acceptance by the relevant authority for an item of equipment to be used in a particular situation.

AQF

Australian Qualifications Framework which describes qualifications in terms of levels characterised by the outcomes of National Vocational Education and Training.

Car

The load-carrying unit of a lift including car frame, car platform, car enclosure and car doors, where provided.

Component

That portion of a unit of equipment, which has been designed as a discrete unit and that can be identified as such.

Page 6: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

6 © UTL98

Control Equipment

Those components of a lift by means of which motion, direction of travel, speed and stopping are controlled.

Engineering data

Refers to documents and other sources from which technical data and product specifications/characteristic are obtained, includes recognised standards publications, manufacturers product data publications and design features.

Enterprise vehicles

Vehicles used for the transportation of personnel and materials for the performance of the work function. They may include sedans, station wagons, utilities, trucks, motor cycles and personnel carriers but do not include load shifting equipment.

Environment

The area surrounding the work site which can be directly or indirectly affected by occurrences at the work site. It includes the atmosphere, soils, drains, underground water tables and the ecosystem. Protection of the environment would require the proper disposal of waste materials, restriction of burning off, the correct handling of toxic substances, the containment of CFCs and the like.

The protection of the environment would also include the minimisation of those factors that contribute, directly or indirectly, to the production of greenhouse gases.

These contributing factors might include the minimisation of waste materials, the correct use of enterprise vehicles and machinery, the re-use or recycling of trade materials where possible and the overall reduction of energy usage through general awareness and the use of appropriate technologies.

Equipment

Any contributing part of an installation which may or may not be composed of components.

Escalator

A power driven, inclined, continuous stairway used for raising or lowering passengers.

Page 7: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 7 UTL98

Established procedures

Formal arrangements of an organisation, enterprise or statutory authority of how work is to be done. This may include, for example:

• quality assurance systems incorporating, for example;

− requirements and procedures

− work orders/instructions

− reporting procedures

− improvement mechanisms

− safety management

• work clearance systems incorporating, for example;

− work permits

− monitoring and clearance procedures

− isolation procedures

− OH&S practices,

− procedures for operating safety systems, operating plant and equipment and reporting work activities,

• arrangements for dealing with emergency situations. Hazardous area (location)

Area in which an explosive atmosphere is present or may be expected to be present such as to require special precautions for the construction, installation and use of electrical equipment. Hazardous areas may include a variety of adverse environmental conditions such as those encountered in refineries, laboratories and the like.

Installation

A complete lift, escalator or moving walk including its liftwell, liftwell enclosure and related construction, and all machinery and equipment necessary for its operation.

Lift

An apparatus or contrivance within or attached to a building or structure, comprising a platform or car running between approximately vertical guides and used for the purpose of raising or lowering passengers and/or goods or materials, including indicators.

Lift Systems

For the purpose of these standards and unless specifically omitted in the range of variables of a particular unit, the notion of a lift system may include escalators and moving walks in addition to traction and/or electro-hydraulic lifts.

Page 8: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

8 © UTL98

Liftwell

A shaftway for the travel of one or more lifts. It includes the pit and terminates at the underside of the overhead machinery space floor or grating or at the ceiling or underside of the roof where the liftwell does not penetrate the roof.

Machine room

The enclosed space or, if self-contained, the room used to house the driving machine (of a lift, escalator or moving walk) and any associated equipment which is required to be similarly located.

It may be necessary for a machine room to have two or more levels.

Materials

Any ancillary item used in the construction, installation or maintenance of the system and forming part of the temporary or permanent works, for example, protective coatings, cement, wall fasteners and adhesives.

May

The word ‘may’ implies the right to use discretionary power. In the Range of Variables statement it is not meant to mean that the list is inclusive.

Moving walk

A power-driven device on which passengers may stand or walk and of which the passenger-carrying surface (i.e. the treadway) remains parallel to its direction of motion and is uninterrupted.

Notified

To make known or to inform as to the state of an action. It can include information or advice given to personnel or customers or the written insertion in a log book or record system, as required by enterprise requirements or legislation.

Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedure

Arrangements of an organisation or enterprise to meet their legal and ethical obligations of ensuring the workplace is safe and without risk to health. This may include:

• hazardous and risk assessment mechanisms

• implementation of safety regulations

• safety systems incorporating,

• work clearance procedures

• isolation procedures

• use of protective equipment and clothing

• use of codes of practice

• reporting of accidents and injuries

• encouraging and undertaking Occupational Health & Safety training and/or First Aid Training

Page 9: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 9 UTL98

• identifying and resolving safety threatening situations arising from incompatibility with the work environment.

Plant

Devices or machines (not considered to be hand tools or hand held power tools) used to facilitate construction, installation or maintenance and are removed after completion of the work. Examples include chainblocks, winches, compressors, test weights, ladders and the like.

Power Control

The system governing the starting, stopping, direction of motion, acceleration, speed and retardation of the moving member.

Requirements

That to which equipment and procedures and their outcomes must conform and includes statutory obligations and regulations and Standards called-up by legislation or regulations. Requirements may include:

• codes of practice

• job specifications

• Standards called-up in specifications

• procedures and work instructions

• quality assurance systems

• manufacturers’ specifications

• design specifications

• customer/client requirements and specifications

• specified underpinning knowledge (specified in units’ Evidence Guides)

• National and State guidelines, policies and imperatives relating to the environment.

Servicing

Undertaking routine inspecting and maintaining of equipment and components.

Standards

Technical documents or codes which set out specifications and other criteria for equipment, materials and methods to ensure they consistently perform as intended. The Standards referred to in this competency standard are those published by Standards Australia or in joint venture with Standards New Zealand. Competency in the use of other technical standards may be required in industries not restricted to Australian requirements. For example, (shipping and off-shore petroleum industries) are subject to Standards agreed to by underwriters and enterprises or some other international convention.

Page 10: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

10 © UTL98

Statutory Authority

The person or body responsible for the implementation of legislation

Switchboard

An assembly of circuit protective devices, with or without switchgear, instruments or connecting devices, suitably arranged and mounted for distribution to, and protection of, one or more submains or final sub-circuits or a combination of both but not including a control panel as defined herein.

System

A group or combination of inter-related inter-dependent or interlocking elements forming a collective entity.

Testing devices

Any device used to determine that the parameters of an installation occur within allowable limits in terms of function and safety.

Tools

Any device or machine used to facilitate the performing of a job or task including hand tools, power tools and equipment used in the construction, installation and maintenance of the installation.

Wiring systems

Permitted cables, enclosures, supports and accessories for power, measurement, control or communications purposes.

Work clearances

Includes any system of permissions and notifications for safely working on or removing equipment or components for service.

Page 11: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 11 UTL98

UTL NLS302 A Conduct Structural Welding

Descriptor: This unit covers welding of low carbon or mild steel plate or section to a standard required by Australian Standard - AS 1554 SP using MMAW or GMAW processes.

Elements Performance criteria

302.1 Plan and prepare for structural welding.

302.1.1 Structural welding is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

302.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

302.1.3 Structural welding is checked against job requirements.

302.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

302.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

302.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.

302.2 Perform structural welding.

302.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures for performing structural welding are followed.

302.2.2 Structural welding is carried out in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.

302.2.3 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.

302.2.4 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

Page 12: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

12 © UTL98

Elements Performance criteria

302.2.5 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

302.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

302.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the work conforms to requirements.

302.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

The standard of welding will equate to that required by Australian Standard - AS 1554 SP. Components to be welded may require specialised preparation.

Remedial action may include: the use of oxyacetylene thermal equipment.

Components may include pre-fabricated assemblies, flat, hollow or rolled steel sections of low carbon, mild steel or stainless steel material.

Materials may include mild steel, stainless steel and rolled steel (low carbon).

Plant may include single or three phase arc welders or gas shielded arc welders.

Applications may include horizontal, flat, overhead or vertical welding tasks associated with installation, modernisation or service/repair where statically loaded components may be subjected to stress in excess of 50 percent of the maximum permissible stress level or where the weld is subject to dynamic loading.

Page 13: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 13 UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 14: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

14 © UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Hand tools.

Tool types

Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical

Care

Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance

Use

Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical

2. Produce sketches.

Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations

Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning

3. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Power tools - hand held operation.

Fixed position

Offhand grinders

Portable

Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears

Job planning

Safety Tool selection

Off hand grinder

Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids

Drilling operations

Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods

Using portable power tools

Safety Power sources

Page 15: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 15 UTL98

Work holding Cutting fluids Protection

Work holding

2. Manual metal arc welding.

MMAW machines

Safety Terminology Electrical requirements Activation

Weld joints

Types of joint configuration Preparation Position Terminology Comparison

Pad weld Fillet weld Butt weld Weld defects

External and internal Related to MMAW Causes Corrective procedures

Flame goughing

Safety Principle of process Industrial applications

3. Welding and thermal cutting.

Identification and application of welding and thermal cutting processes

Manual metal arc welding Gas metal arc welding Oxygen acetylene welding Gas tungsten welding Submerged arc welding Electroslag welding Resistance welding Fuel gas cutting Plasma cutting

Soft soldering

Principles Equipment Applications Consumables Joints

Brazing and braze welding

Principles Consumables Cylinder safety Operating techniques Flame types Joints

Oxygen acetylene welding

Principles Consumables Applications

Manual metal arc welding

Safety Consumables Arc radiation Principles of operation Equipment Applications

Gas metal arc welding

Safety Principles of operation Equipment

Thermal cutting

Safety Principles of operation Cutting aids Limitations

Environmental hazards

Hazardous locations Confined space

Page 16: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

16 © UTL98

Containers for flammable materials

4. Material science.

Expansion and contraction

Principles Distortion modes Relationship to practical applications Methods of control - correction

Low and medium carbon steels

Chemical composition Effect of alloying elements Heating/cooling Iron carbon diagram Forming and welding Typical industrial applications

Alloy steels

Low alloy steels Stainless steels and nickel alloys Properties Precautions Fabrication Industrial applications

Production of steel Pre and post heat treatment

Reasons Applications Heating methods Temperature measurement

Material testing

Applications Quality control Non-destructive Destructive Defect types Defect evaluation

Material specification Quality assurance

Definition Function Benefits Application Responsibility

5. Gas metal arc welding.

Operating principles

Safety GMAW plant Duty cycle Transfer modes Shielding gases Voltage/current range Electrode diameters Process efficiency Maintenance Fault finding

Pad weld

Horizontal

Fillet weld

Selection of electrodes and gases for various applications Insert gases and gas mixtures Types of solid wire electrodes Gas-shielded cored wires Classification system for solid and flux cored wires G.M.A.W welding parameters

Voltage Current Electrode extension Travel speed

Preparation of and use of welding procedure sheet Positional welding techniques Welding structural sections/plate

Page 17: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 17 UTL98

Horizontal Vertical

Butt weld

Flat Horizontal Vertical

Weld joints

Types Preparations Positions Terminology

Welding plate 6 to 25mm in thickness Preparation of material for welding Examination of test pieces Workshop destructive and N.D.T testing techniques.

95-NF02 NF076. Advanced gas metal arc welding.

Pulsed transfer characteristics Task analysis Quality assurance Quality control

Advanced GMAW practice Classification and application of consumables eg. solid wire/flux shielding gases and gas mixtures

7. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

8. Time management and co-ordination processes.

9. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

10. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

11. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

12. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

13. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

14. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

Page 18: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

18 © UTL98

15. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

16. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

17. Maintain and promote personal well being.

18. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

19. Use hand tools.

20. Use power tools - hand held operation.

21. Measure with graduated devices.

22. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

23. Interpret technical drawings.

24. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

Page 19: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 19 UTL98

ROV Guideline for Conduct Structural Welding Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 3 Applications horizontal flat overhead vertical

B At least 1 Materials mild steel stainless steel rolled steel (low carbon)

C At least 1 Plant single phase arc welder three phase arc welder single phase gas shielded three phase gas shielded

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 20: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

20 © UTL98

UTL NLS303 A Advanced Mechanical Fitting

Descriptor: This unit covers the fitting and maintenance of engineering components. It includes adjustment of components for other than commissioning of safety gear.

Elements Performance criteria

303.1 Plan and prepare for mechanical fitting.

303.1.1 Work is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

303.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

303.1.3 Work is checked against job requirements.

303.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

303.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the installation work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

303.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.

303.2 Perform fitting operations.

303.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.

303.2.2 Normal function of equipment/components/ parts is ascertained in accordance with requirements.

303.2.3 Circuits are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.

303.2.4 Equipment/components/parts are maintained/ repaired in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.

303.2.5 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.

Page 21: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 21 UTL98

Elements Performance criteria

303.2.6 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

303.2.7 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

303.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

303.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the work conforms to requirements.

303.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Equipment/components may include gear boxes, worms, crowns and pins, bearings, rams, brakes, shafts and sheaves.

Materials may include bearings, white metal, oils, gland packing, seals, welding materials and gaskets.

Plant may include electrical welders, oxyacetylene equipment, hydraulic bearing pullers, ultrasonic or eddy current bearing expanders and bearing pullers.

Work tasks may include the fitting and maintenance of engineering components involving dismantling, repair, replacement, assembly and final fitting of items, assemblies and sub-assemblies.

Technical drawings may include engineering drawings, detailed/technical sketches and associated data sheets.

Measurements may include engineering squares, sine bars, angle gauge, engineering level, micrometer, height gauge, hardness tester, precision levels, straight edge, feeler, dial gauge, verniers and callipers.

Page 22: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

22 © UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 23: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 23 UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Mechanical measurement.

Measurement applications

Lengths Temperature Weights Pressure Electrical Magnetic measuring tape Zinc Hardness testing

Measurement units and instruments

Units of measurement Measuring instruments Measuring techniques

Quality control

Standards Tolerances Limitations Precision Accuracy of measurements Instruments

2. Produce sketches.

Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations

Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning

3. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

Page 24: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

24 © UTL98

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Fitting techniques 1.

Scraping Reaming Dowelling Pinning

Pegging Keying Three dimensional marking out

2. Fitting techniques 2.

Aligning Static balancing Pipe and tube bending

Pipe fitting Mechanical seals Static seals Jointing

3. Assembling and adjusting mechanical components.

Bolts and nuts

Types and sizes Tensile strength Corrosion Washers, flat and spring

4. Escalator and moving walk mechanics.

Escalators Statutory requirements

Lift Code OH&S Emergency stop Danger signage Barriers Running clearances

Purpose of Controller Safety devices Chain/steps Hand rail

Repair Steps/belts/pallets Combs Guards Balustrades Newel rollers Balustrade lighting

Adjustments Chains Hand rail

Safe working procedures

Removing steps/pallets Working in motor room/pit Cleaning/lubricating Guards

Hand rails

Remove/refit

Installation and commissioning

Aligning Testing Handling Running clearances

Escalator types to suit applications

Volume of people Gradient Multi floor use

Moving walks Types

Continuous belt

Page 25: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 25 UTL98

Brake Steps Safety devices

Palletised

Statutory requirements

OH&S Lift Code

Comparison with escalator

5. Machine balancing, levelling and alignment.

Balancing

Two plane balancing Flexible balancing Analogue, digital or vector graph Component set up Comparing results

Levelling/alignment

Principles Reasons Equipment set up Measurements/readings Calculations/adjustments

6. Hydraulics.

Hydraulic components Hydraulic circuitry Servicing

7. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.

Principles of fluid power

Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure

Components

Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Solenoid values Directional flow

Pressure gauge

Ram/cylinders

Single stage Multi stage

Oil cooler Oil reservoir Filters Seals Bleeding lines

Lift applications Types of arrangements

Side acting Direct Suspended

Requirements of Lift Code/Standards Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors

Emergency passenger release Manual lowering OH&S considerations communications

Page 26: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

26 © UTL98

General operation

8. Fluid power.

Fluid power Fluid power components

Servicing Principles

9. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

10. Time management and co-ordination processes.

11. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

12. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

13. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

14. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

15. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

16. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

17. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

18. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

19. Maintain and promote personal well being.

20. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

21. Use hand tools.

22. Use power tools - hand held operation.

23. Measure with graduated devices.

24. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

25. Interpret technical drawings.

26. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

Page 27: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 27 UTL98

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

ROV Guideline for Advanced Mechanical Fitting Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C and Group D and Group E and Group F. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 2 Plant electric welders oxyacetylene equipment hydraulic bearing pullers ultrasonic or eddy current bearing expanders bearing pullers

Page 28: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

28 © UTL98

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

B At least 2 Equipment/components gear boxes worms crowns and pins bearings rams brakes shafts sheaves electric motors

C At least 2 Materials bearings white metal oils gland packing seals welding materials gaskets

D At least 2 Work tasks fitting and maintenance of engineering components involving dismantling, repair, replacement, assembly and final fitting of items, assemblies and sub-assemblies

E At least 2 Technical drawings engineering drawings detailed/technical sketches data sheets

F At least 3 Measurement engineering squares sine bars angle gauge engineering level micrometer height gauge hardness tester precision levels straight edge feeler gauge dial gauge verniers callipers

Page 29: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 29 UTL98

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 30: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

30 © UTL98

UTL NLS304 A Fabricate and Modify Components

Descriptor: This unit covers the fabrication and modification of metal and timber components.

Elements Performance criteria

304.1 Plan and prepare for fabrication/modification.

304.1.1 Fabrication/modification is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

304.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

304.1.3 Work is checked against job requirements.

304.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

304.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

304.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.

304.2 Fabricate/modify components.

304.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.

304.2.2 Fabrication/modification is carried out in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.

304.2.3 Variation to fabrication/modification is carried out in accordance to customer/client requirements.

304.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures

304.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

Page 31: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 31 UTL98

Elements Performance criteria

304.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

304.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

304.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the installations conform to requirements.

304.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Components may include templates, concrete boxing, false cars and covers and guards.

Materials may include sheet metal, metal mesh, timber, tube and ferrous or non-ferrous sections.

Plant may include gas or arc welding equipment, docking or mitre saw, planer, power hacksaw and cut-off wheel.

Technical drawings may include sketches and modified drawings.

Page 32: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

32 © UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 33: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 33 UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.

Calculations

mathematical techniques linear measurement areas volumes ratios

Engineering materials

classification ferrous and non-ferrous metalssteels, alloys properties tensile strength expansion in metals stress and strain ductility applications corrosion galvanic corrosion hardwoods and soft woods

Engineering mechanics

base physical quantities S.I. units, their application mass, velocity, acceleration force, weight, density, angles energy/work/power moments and torque centre of gravity mechanical advantage levers pulley blocks efficiency friction vectors resolution of forces forces in strung conductors forces on poles and towers determination of sag pressure/stress elementary fluid

2. Produce sketches.

Technical drawing standards - AS1100 Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations

Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Freehand sketching and dimensioning

3. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

Page 34: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

34 © UTL98

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Fabrication - structural.

Structural steel sections Angle and channel fabrications

Universal beams Column fabrication

2. Fabrication techniques.

Measurement

Devices Techniques Calibration Error

Marking out

Layout Witness marks Mediums

Dowelling

Straight Stepped

Pinning and pegging

Taper Parallel Spring Clevis Pins

3. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

4. Time management and co-ordination processes.

5. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

6. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

7. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

8. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

9. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

10. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

Page 35: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 35 UTL98

11. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

12. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

13. Maintain and promote personal well being.

14. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

15. Use hand tools.

16. Use power tools - hand held operation.

17. Measure with graduated devices.

18. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

19. Interpret technical drawings.

20. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

21. Perform general purpose welding.

22. Perform general purpose soldering where necessary.

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

Page 36: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

36 © UTL98

ROV Guideline for Fabricate and Modify Components Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 2 Components templates concrete boxing false cars covers and guards

B At least 3 Materials sheet metal metal mesh timber tube ferrous or non-ferrous sections

C At least 2 Plant gas or arc welding equipment docking or mitre saw planer power hacksaw cut-off wheel

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 37: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 37 UTL98

UTL NLS305 A Alignment of Lift Structures

Descriptor: This unit covers the measuring, marking out and aligning of the lift installation including machine room equipment, lift well equipment, the lift car and associated equipment and the landing door frames and doors.

Elements Performance criteria 305.1 Plan and prepare

for alignment procedures.

305.1.1 Alignment is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

305.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

305.1.3 Alignment procedures are checked against job requirements.

305.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

305.1.5 Tools, equipment, testing and adjustment devices needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

305.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.

305.2 Conduct alignment procedures .

305.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.

305.2.2 Normal function of equipment is ascertained in accordance with requirements.

305.2.3 Circuits are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.

305.2.4 Equipment is aligned in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.

305.2.3 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.

Page 38: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

38 © UTL98

Elements Performance criteria 305.2.4 Approval is obtained in accordance with

established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

305.2.5 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

305.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

305.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the alignment of equipment conforms to requirements.

305.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Lift well alignment Alignment will involve square, plumb, level or by comparison with adjacent equipment and may include plumb lines, enterprise specific measuring devices.

Lift car alignment Aligning the car will include the superstructure, car frames, floors, control station and doors.

Machine room alignment Critical alignment is between the driving sheave and secondary/diverter sheave, sheaves to car and counterweight centre lines, vertical alignment of sheave and roping system and alignment based on vertical, horizontal and inter-component centrelines.

Alignment equipment Alignment equipment and materials are to include templates (wooden or metal), straight edges, plumb line, fasteners, plumb weights, rail gauges and shims/packers and may include lasers.

Running clearances Running clearances include safety gear clearances, guide clearance, car operating devices eg. slowdown switch, limits, inductors and emergency terminal devices , brackets (rail, counterweight, ladders, electrical equipment, flexes), car doors and landing door locks.

Page 39: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 39 UTL98

Equipment/components may include rails, beams, brackets, head beams and sheaves, ladders, buffers, sole plates, false floor, governor frame (bottom wheel), counterweight screen, compensator frame and compensator, caisson, ram and cylinder, complete car frame including safety gear, platform and doors, guide rollers or shoes and sheaves or hitch plate, machine beams, hitch beams, controllers, governors, secondary or diverter sheaves, hydraulic pump units and piping, floor selectors, switchboards, tappet switches, hoisting machines, motor generator sets, tape, compensator and drop sheaves, power or manual operation horizontal sliding (side opening; single or multi-panel doors, centre opening; single or multi-panel doors),and may include manual operating hinged (side opening, centre opening, centre fold), power or manual operation vertical sliding (single or multi-panel), door frame, architectural finishes, landing door track, hanger tracks, hanger doors, rider plates, locks, vertical drive unit, replacement parts and sills.

Materials may include shims, packers, fasteners and grout.

Page 40: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

40 © UTL98

Evidence Guide

1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 41: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 41 UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.

Calculations

mathematical techniques linear measurement areas volumes ratios

Engineering materials

classification ferrous and non-ferrous metalssteels, alloys properties tensile strength expansion in metals stress and strain ductility applications corrosion galvanic corrosion hardwoods and soft woods

Engineering mechanics

base physical quantities S.I. units, their application mass, velocity, acceleration force, weight, density, angles energy/work/power moments and torque centre of gravity mechanical advantage levers pulley blocks efficiency friction vectors resolution of forces pressure/stress

2. Hand tools.

Tool types

Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical

Care

Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance

Use

Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical

3. Produce sketches.

Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations

Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning

Page 42: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

42 © UTL98

4. Basic mechanical measurement.

Measurement applications

Lengths Temperature Weights Pressure Electrical Magnetic measuring tape Zinc Hardness testing

Measurement units and instruments

Units of measurement Measuring instruments Measuring techniques

Quality control

Standards Tolerances Limitations Precision Accuracy of measurements Instruments

5. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Lift equipment alignment techniques.

Equipment layout

Specifications Clearances 3D impact on layout Lift code

Alignment equipment

Gauges Straight edges Rail gauges Shims/packers Lasers

Machine room alignment

Machine and fixings Diverter sheave Governor and tensioning sheaves Counterweight centre lines Sheave and roping system

Lift car alignment

Superstructure Frames Door and operator

Lift well alignment

Guides and brackets Trimmer beams Buffers Landing doors and locks Compensators

Running clearances

Safety gear Car sill Doors

Car operating devices

Slowdown switch Limits Inductors Door locks Vanes Shaft information

Installation and aligning hydraulic equipment procedure

Ram/Cylinder Hydraulic Lines Bleeding Hydraulic system

Page 43: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 43 UTL98

2. Power tools - hand held operation.

Fixed position

Offhand grinders

Portable

Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears

Job planning

Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids Protection

Off hand grinder

Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids

Drilling operations

Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods

Using portable power tools

Safety Power sources Work holding

3. Fitting techniques 1.

Scraping Reaming Dowelling Pinning

Pegging Keying Three dimensional marking out

4. Assembling and adjusting mechanical components.

Bolts and nuts

Types and sizes Tensile strength Corrosion Washers, flat and spring

Page 44: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

44 © UTL98

5. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

6. Time management and co-ordination processes.

7. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

8. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

9. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

10. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

11. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

12. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

13. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

14. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

15. Maintain and promote personal well being.

16. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

17. Use hand tools.

18. Use power tools - hand held operation.

19. Measure with graduated devices.

20. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

21. Interpret technical drawings.

22. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

23. Mix and apply concrete where necessary.

24. Cut or heat using oxyacetylene equipment where necessary.

25. Conduct general purpose welding where necessary.

Page 45: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 45 UTL98

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

ROV Guideline for Alignment of Lift Structures

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 2 Lift well alignment Alignment will involve square, plumb, level or by comparison with adjacent equipment and may include plumb lines, enterprise specific measuring devices

Lift car alignment Aligning the car will include the superstructure, car frames, floors, control station and doors

Machine room alignment Critical alignment is between the driving sheave and secondary/diverter sheave, sheaves to car and counterweight centre lines, vertical alignment of sheave and roping system and alignment based on vertical, horizontal and inter-component centrelines

Page 46: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

46 © UTL98

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

Alignment equipment Alignment equipment and materials are to include templates (wooden or metal), straight edges, plumb line, fasteners, plumb weights, rail gauges and shims/packers and may include lasers

Running clearances Running clearances include safety gear clearances, guide clearance, car operating devices eg. slowdown switch, limits, inductors and emergency terminal devices , brackets (rail, counterweight, ladders, electrical equipment, flexes), car doors and landing door locks.

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 47: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 47 UTL98

UTL NLS306 A Single Wrap Roping of Lifts

Descriptor: This unit covers the installation /replacement of suspension, governor, selector, tappet and compensator ropes or chains, 1:1 single wrap systems.

Elements Performance criteria

306.1 Plan and prepare for installation.

306.1.1 Installation is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

306.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

306.1.3 Number, diameter, type and length of rope are determined and checked against job requirements.

306.1.4 Equipment is obtained in accordance with established procedures and to comply with requirements.

306.1.5 Location in which equipment is to be installed is determined from job requirements.

306.1.6 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

306.1.7 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the installation/replacement work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

306.1.8 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.

306.2 Install/replace roping systems.

306.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures for installing electrical apparatus are followed.

306.2.2 Roping systems and equipment are installed in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.

Page 48: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

48 © UTL98

Elements Performance criteria

306.2.3 Variation to installation is carried out in accordance to customer/client requirements.

306.2.4 Ropes are positioned and terminated in accordance with requirements.

306.2.5 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.

306.2.6 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

306.2.7 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

306.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

306.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the installations conform to requirements.

306.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Equipment may include overhead traction machines, drum drive machines, chain driving service lifts, overhead traction service lifts and electro-hydraulic roped lifts.

Components may include single wrap, one to one suspension roping, rope or chain compensation, governor rope, tappet switch rope, selector drive rope, electro-hydraulic suspension rope and chain (service lifts).

Materials may include wire rope, swaged fittings, wedge type rope sockets, babbit metal or resin socketing materials, eye bolts, thimbles, equalisers, compression springs and open link or encapsulated chains.

Plant may include chain block, winches, slings, props, rope reel cradles, rope clamps, babbiting equipment, splicing clamps, marlin spike, fiddle and rope tension gauge.

Page 49: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 49 UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 50: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

50 © UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.

Calculations

mathematical techniques linear measurement areas volumes ratios

Engineering materials

classification ferrous and non-ferrous metalssteels, alloys properties tensile strength expansion in metals stress and strain ductility applications corrosion galvanic corrosion hardwoods and soft woods

Engineering mechanics

base physical quantities S.I. units, their application mass, velocity, acceleration force, weight, density, angles energy/work/power moments and torque centre of gravity mechanical advantage levers pulley blocks efficiency friction vectors resolution of forces forces in strung conductors pressure/stress elementary fluid mechanics

2. Hand tools.

Tool types

Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical

Care

Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance

Use

Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical

Page 51: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 51 UTL98

3. Produce sketches.

Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations

Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Freehand sketching and dimensioning

4. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Power tools - hand held operation.

Fixed position

Offhand grinders

Portable

Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears

Job planning

Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids Protection

Off hand grinder

Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids

Drilling operations

Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods

Using portable power tools

Safety Power sources Work holding

2. Rigging and roping procedures - lifts.

Lifting loads vertically

Pulley systems Chain block and pull lifts Winches

Safety equipment requirements

Safety belt Harness Lifelines/lanyards Fall arresting devices

Erection and dismantling of

Erection and dismantling of light duty swing stage

Design Overhead supports Counterweights Assembly Loading Disassembly

Erection and disassembly of overhead safety protection and platforms

Page 52: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

52 © UTL98

boatswain’s chair

Design Overhead support Lacing tackle Raising and securing chair Order of dismantling Inspection Storage

Design Erection Dismantling

3. Roping - lift systems.

Single wrap

Hoisting Governor Tappet Compensator Selector

Multiple wrap

Hoisting

Types of ropes

Normal lay Langs lay

Rope attachments

Standards ends Splices Wedges sockets Talurit fitting Babbit sockets Secon fitting

4. Use and care of lifting equipment.

Regulations

Hoisting appliances Fork lift trucks Manual handling of materials Electrical conductors

Lifting loads and protection

Safe working loads and load limits Ropes Chains Synthetic fibre slings Calculation of SWL Lashing, controlling loads, sling attachment Sling accessories Safe lifting practice

Estimation of mass Cranes and powered lifting equipment

Crane types Mobile cranes Operation of cranes Chain blocks and chain pulls Creeper winches Types of jacks Accessories Bands and hitches

Crane signals Fork lifts Lifting special materials Packing and cribbing

Page 53: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 53 UTL98

5. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

6. Time management and co-ordination processes.

7. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

8. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

9. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

10. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

11. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

12. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

13. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

14. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

15. Maintain and promote personal well being.

16. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

17. Use hand tools.

18. Use power tools - hand held operation.

19. Measure with graduated devices.

20. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

21. Interpret technical drawings.

22. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

Page 54: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

54 © UTL98

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

ROV Guideline for Single Wrap Roping of Lifts Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C and Group D. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 2 Equipment overhead traction machines drum drive machines chain drive service lifts overhead traction service lifts electro-hydraulic roped lifts

Page 55: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 55 UTL98

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

B At least 3 Components single wrap one to one suspension roping rope or chain compensation governor rope tappet switch rope selector drive rope electro-hydraulic suspension rope chain (service lifts)

C At least 3 Materials wire rope swaged fittings wedge type rope sockets babbit metal or resin socketing materials eye bolts thimbles equalisers compression sperings open link or encapsulated chains

D At least 3 Plant chain block winches slings props rope reel cradles rope clamps babbiting equipment splicing clamps marlin spike fiddle rope tension gauge

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 56: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

56 © UTL98

UTL NLS307 A Multiple Wrap Roping of Lifts

Descriptor: This unit covers the installation /replacement of suspension, governor, selector, tappet and compensator ropes or chains, single or double wrap systems.

Elements Performance criteria

307.1 Plan and prepare for installation.

307.1.1 Installation is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

307.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

307.1.3 Number, diameter, type and length of rope are determined and checked against job requirements.

307.1.4 Equipment is obtained in accordance with established procedures and to comply with requirements.

307.1.5 Location in which equipment is to be installed is determined from job requirements.

307.1.6 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

307.1.7 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the installation/replacement work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

307.1.8 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.

307.2 Install/replace roping system.

307.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.

307.2.2 Roping system and equipment is installed in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.

Page 57: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 57 UTL98

Elements Performance criteria

307.2.3 Variation to installation is carried out in accordance to customer/client requirements.

307.2.4 Ropes are positioned and terminated in accordance with requirements.

307.2.5 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.

307.2.6 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

307.2.7 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

307.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

307.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the installation/replacement conforms to requirements.

307.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Equipment may include traction and drum drive overhead machines, single or double wrap traction, single or multiple roping systems, overhead or basement machines, side slung or underslung systems, hydraulic drive rope systems, chain drive service, compensator and governor/selector.

Tools may include rope cutters and rope tension gauges.

Materials may include wire rope, swage fittings, wedge type rope sockets, individually tapered rope sockets, socketing material (babbitt metal or resin) eyebolts, thimbles, compression springs and open link or encapsulated compensator chain.

Plant may include chainblocks, winches, slings, props, rope reel cradles, babbitting equipment, rope clamps and whipping.

Page 58: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

58 © UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 59: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 59 UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.

Calculations

mathematical techniques linear measurement areas volumes ratios

Engineering materials

classification ferrous and non-ferrous metalssteels, alloys properties tensile strength expansion in metals stress and strain ductility applications corrosion galvanic corrosion hardwoods and soft woods

Engineering mechanics

base physical quantities S.I. units, their application mass, velocity, acceleration force, weight, density, angles energy/work/power moments and torque centre of gravity mechanical advantage levers pulley blocks efficiency friction vectors resolution of forces pressure/stress

2. Hand tools.

Tool types

Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical

Care

Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance

Use

Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical

3. Produce sketches.

Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations

Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning

Page 60: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

60 © UTL98

4. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act

Personal safety

Workplace hazards

Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation

Coping with an injury

Resuscitation

CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Roping - lift systems.

Single wrap

Hoisting Governor Tappet Compensator Selector

Multiple wrap

Hoisting

Types of ropes

Normal lay Langs lay

Rope attachments

Standards ends Splices Wedges sockets Talurit fitting Babbit sockets Secon fitting

2. Assembling and adjusting mechanical components.

Bolts and nuts

Types and sizes Tensile strength Corrosion Washers, flat and spring

3. Power tools - hand held operation.

Fixed position

Offhand grinders

Portable

Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears

Job planning

Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids

Off hand grinder

Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids

Drilling operations

Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods

Using portable power tools

Safety Power sources Work holding

Page 61: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 61 UTL98

Protection

4. Rigging and roping procedures - lifts.

Lifting loads vertically

Pulley systems Chain block and pull lifts Winches

Safety equipment requirements

Safety belt Harness Lifelines/lanyards Fall arresting devices

Erection and dismantling of boatswain’s chair

Design Overhead support Lacing tackle Raising and securing chair Order of dismantling Inspection Storage

Erection and dismantling of light duty swing stage

Design Overhead supports Counterweights Assembly Loading Disassembly

Erection and disassembly of overhead safety protection and platforms

Design Erection Dismantling

5. Use and care of lifting equipment.

Regulations

Hoisting appliances Fork lift trucks Manual handling of materials Electrical conductors

Lifting loads and protection

Safe working loads and load limits Ropes Chains Synthetic fibre slings Calculation of SWL Lashing, controlling loads, sling attachment Sling accessories Safe lifting practice

Estimation of mass Cranes and powered lifting equipment

Crane types Mobile cranes Operation of cranes Chain blocks and chain pulls Creeper winches Types of jacks Accessories Bands and hitches

Crane signals Fork lifts Lifting special materials Packing and cribbing

Page 62: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

62 © UTL98

6. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

7. Time management and co-ordination processes.

8. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

9. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

10. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

11. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

12. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

13. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

14. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

15. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

16. Maintain and promote personal well being.

17. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

18. Use hand tools.

19. Use power tools - hand held operation.

20. Measure with graduated devices.

21. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

22. Interpret technical drawings.

23. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

Page 63: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 63 UTL98

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

ROV Guideline for Multiple Wrap Roping of Lifts Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C and Group D. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 4 Materials wire rope swage fittings wedge type rope sockets individually tapered rope sockets, socketing material (babbitt metal or resin) eyebolts thimbles compression springs open link or encapsulated compensator chain

Page 64: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

64 © UTL98

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

B At least 4 Plant chainblocks winches slings props rope reel cradles babbitting equipment rope clamps whipping

C Do all Tools rope cutters rope tension gauges

D At least 3 Equipment traction and drum drive overhead machines single or double wrap traction single or multiple roping systems overhead or basement machines side slung or underslung systems, hydraulic drive rope systems chain drive service compensator governor/selector

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 65: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 65 UTL98

UTL NLS308 A Inspect Ropes Descriptor: This unit covers the inspection of suspension, governor, compensator,

floor selector and tappet switch ropes. Elements Performance criteria

308.1 Plan and prepare to undertake inspection of ropes.

308.1.1 Inspection procedures are planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

308.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

308.1.3 Inspection procedures are checked against requirements.

308.1.4 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the inspection are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

308.2 Undertake inspection procedures of ropes.

308.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.

308.2.2 Circuits are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.

308.2.3 Inspection procedures are performed in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.

308.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.

308.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

308.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the inspection work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

308.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

308.3.1 Final performance checks are undertaken to ensure that the inspection procedures conform to requirements.

308.3.2 Completion of inspection is notified in

Page 66: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

66 © UTL98

Elements Performance criteria accordance with established procedures.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Equipment may include geared traction drive, gearless traction drive, drum drive and suspended electro-hydraulic drive.

Roping systems may include single or double wrap, single or multiple fall, side slung or underslung, overhead or basement drive and drum drive.

Materials may include steel and galvanised wire rope.

Components may include suspension ropes, governor ropes, tappet ropes, compensator ropes and floor selector tapes or ropes.

Reporting recommendations include rope condemnation, frequency of inspections, rope lubrication, sheave re-grooving or replacement and rope length or tension adjustment.

Page 67: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 67 UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills – Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 68: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

68 © UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Rope inspection.

Inspection of ropes

Requirements of Lift Code/ enterprise Purpose Wear Broken strands Diameter Deformation Corrosion Lubrication Tension

Rope stretch

Requirements of Lift Code/ enterprise Counterweight clearance Compensatory equipment

Inspection of rope attachments

Requirements of Lift Code/ enterprise Rope anchor rods Castings Springs Wedges Swaging Checking for fracturing, deformation Remedial action

Inspection of sheaves

Groove condition Riffling Ropes down in sheaves

Maintenance records

2. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

Page 69: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 69 UTL98

3. Time management and co-ordination processes.

4. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

5. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

6. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

7. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

8. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

9. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

10. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

11. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

12. Maintain and promote personal well being.

13. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

14. Use hand tools.

15. Use power tools - hand held operation.

16. Measure with graduated devices.

17. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

18. Interpret technical drawings.

19. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

Page 70: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

70 © UTL98

ROV Guideline for Inspect Ropes Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C and Group D. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 2 Equipment geared traction drive gearless traction drive drum drive suspended electro-hydraulic drive

B At least 2 Roping systems single or double wrap single or multiple fall side slung or underslung overhead or basement drive drum drive

C At least 2 Components suspension ropes governor ropes tappet ropes compensator ropes floor selector tapes/ropes

D Do all Reporting recommendations rope condemnation frequency of inspections rope lubrication sheave re-grooving or replacement rope length or tension adjustment

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 71: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 71 UTL98

UTL NLS309 A Repair Escalator Handrails

Descriptor: Undertake work involving the repair or replacement of escalator handrails.

Elements Performance criteria

309.1 Plan and prepare for the repair or replacement of escalator handrails.

309.1.1 Repair/replacement is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

309.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

309.1.3 Repair/replacement is checked against job requirements.

309.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

309.1.5 Tools and equipment needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

309.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.

309.2 Repair/replace escalator handrails.

309.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures for repair/replace escalator handrails are followed.

309.2.2 Normal function of escalator handrails is ascertained in accordance with requirements.

309.2.3 Isolating switches are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.

309.2.4 Escalator handrails are repaired/replaced in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.

309.2.5 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.

Page 72: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

72 © UTL98

Elements Performance criteria

309.2.6 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

309.2.7 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

309.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

309.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the work conforms to requirements.

309.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Materials may include solvent-based rubber cement, steel tape, mylar sheeting, buffing pads, other solvents and sanding discs.

Tools may include hook knife, roller, serrated stitcher, scissors, awl, craft knife, wire cutters, vice grip pliers, hand abrader, vulcanising unit, timber shaping mould, handrail and tensioning clamps.

Plant may include work stand, rope block and tackle.

Page 73: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 73 UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 74: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

74 © UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Hand tools.

Tool types

Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical

Care

Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance

Use

Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical

2. Produce sketches.

Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations

Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning

3. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

Page 75: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 75 UTL98

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Power tools - hand held operation.

Fixed position

Offhand grinders

Portable

Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears

Job planning

Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids Protection

Off hand grinder

Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids

Drilling operations

Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods

Using portable power tools

Safety Power sources Work holding

2. Escalator hand rail repair.

Fault detection

Wear Split Cuts Chemical

Removal and replacement

Splicing and vulcanising

Solvents Cements Mylar sheet Sanding and buffing

Safety

3. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

4. Time management and co-ordination processes.

5. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

Page 76: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

76 © UTL98

6. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

7. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

8. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

9. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

10. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

11. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

12. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

13. Maintain and promote personal well being.

14. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

15. Use hand tools.

16. Use power tools - hand held operation.

17. Measure with graduated devices.

18. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

19. Interpret technical drawings.

20. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

Page 77: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 77 UTL98

ROV Guideline for Repair Escalator Handrails Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 1

Plant work stand rope block tackle

B At least 5

Materials solvent-based rubber cement steel tape mylar sheeting buffing pads other solvents sanding discs

C At least 6

Tools vulcanising unit timber shaping mould handrail tensioning clamps hook knife roller serrated stitcher awl craft knife

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 78: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

78 © UTL98

UTL NLS310 A Maintain Escalators/Moving Walks

Descriptor: This unit covers cleaning, lubrication, replacement and adjustment of escalator/moving walk mechanical components during scheduled maintenance.

Elements Performance criteria

310.1 Plan and prepare for maintenance.

310.1.1 Maintenance is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

310.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

310.1.3 Maintenance is checked against job requirements.

310.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

310.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the maintenance work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

310.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.

310.2 Maintain escalators/moving walks.

310.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.

310.2.2 Circuits are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.

310.2.3 Maintenance is conducted in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.

310.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.

Page 79: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 79 UTL98

Elements Performance criteria

310.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

310.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

310.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

310.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the maintenance conforms to requirements.

310.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Equipment may include escalators (single or multiple units), moving walks (single or multiple units) and treadways (belt or pallet type).

Components may include handrails, steps, pallets, step-chains and associated driving equipment, chains, combs, guards, balustrades, step rollers and newel rollers.

Materials may include lubricants, solvents and cleaning material.

Maintenance activities may include cleaning, checking, adjusting and lubricating.

The range of maintenance activities to be performed will be contained in Enterprise Schedules covering routine maintenance of escalators and moving walks.

Page 80: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

80 © UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 81: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 81 UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.

Calculations

mathematical techniques linear measurement areas volumes ratios

Engineering materials

classification ferrous and non-ferrous metalssteels, alloys properties tensile strength expansion in metals stress and strain ductility applications corrosion galvanic corrosion hardwoods and soft woods

Engineering mechanics

base physical quantities S.I. units, their application mass, velocity, acceleration force, weight, density, angles energy/work/power moments and torque centre of gravity mechanical advantage levers pulley blocks efficiency friction vectors resolution of forces forces in strung conductors pressure/stress elementary fluid mechanics

2. Drawing interpretation and sketching.

Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations

Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Freehand sketching and dimensioning

3. Workshop practices - basic.

Identification of tools Use of tools Fitting techniques Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety Machine adjustment

Belt tensioning Basic alignment

Gland

Packing Adjustment

Bearing

Selection Removal Replacement

Hinges

Free movement Adjustment

Page 82: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

82 © UTL98

4. Occupational Health and Safety - basics

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Escalator and moving walk mechanics

Escalators Statutory and enterprise requirements

Lift Code OH&S Emergency stop Danger signage Barriers Running clearances

Purpose of

Truss Track Systems Controller Safety devices Chain/steps Hand rail

Repair

Steps/belts/pallets Comb plates Guards Balustrades Newel rollers Balustrade lighting

Adjustments

Chains Hand rail length and entry Brake Steps Safety devices Tension Carriage

Safe working procedures

Removing steps/pallets Working in motor room/pit Cleaning/lubricating Guards

Hand rails

Remove/refit

Installation and commissioning

Aligning Testing Handling Running clearances

Escalator types to suit applications

Volume of people Gradient Multi floor use

Moving walks Types

Continuous belt Palletised

Statutory requirements

OH&S Lift Code

Comparison with escalator

Page 83: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 83 UTL98

2. Basic mechanical measurement.

Measurement applications

Lengths Temperature Weights Pressure Electrical Magnetic measuring tape Zinc Hardness testing

Measurement units and instruments

Units of measurement Measuring instruments Measuring techniques

Quality control

Standards Tolerances Limitations Precision Accuracy of measurements Instruments

3. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

4. Time management and co-ordination processes.

5. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

6. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

7. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

8. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

9. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

10. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

11. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

12. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

13. Maintain and promote personal well being.

14. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

15. Use hand tools.

Page 84: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

84 © UTL98

16. Use power tools - hand held operation.

17. Measure with graduated devices.

18. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

19. Interpret technical drawings.

20. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

21. Perform general purpose soldering where necessary.

22. Check and adjust safety devices to enterprise specific requirements.

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

Page 85: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 85 UTL98

ROV Guideline for Maintain Escalators/Moving Walks Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C and Group D and Group E. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 1

Equipment escalators (single or multiple units) moving walks (single or multiple units) treadways (belt or pallet type)

B At least 3

Components handrails steps pallets step-chains and associated driving equipment chains combs guards balustrades step rollers newel rollers.

C At least 1 Materials lubricants, solvents and waste material

D At least 2

Maintenance activities cleaning checking adjusting lubricating

E Do all Safety devices check adjust

Page 86: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

86 © UTL98

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 87: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 87 UTL98

UTL NLS311 A Install Escalators/Moving Walks

Descriptor: This unit covers the installation and commissioning of escalators and moving walks.

Elements Performance criteria

311.1 Plan and prepare for installation.

311.1.1 Installation is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

311.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

311.1.3 Equipment and components are checked against job requirements.

311.1.4 Equipment and components are obtained in accordance with established procedures and to comply with requirements.

311.1.5 Location in which equipment and components are to be installed is determined from job requirements.

311.1.6 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

311.1.7 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the installation work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

311.1.8 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.

311.2 Install and align escalators/moving walks.

311.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures for installation and alignment are followed.

311.2.2 Equipment and components are installed in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.

311.2.3 Variation to installation is carried out in accordance to customer/client requirements.

Page 88: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

88 © UTL98

Elements Performance criteria

311.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.

311.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

311.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

311.3 Commission, inspect and notify completion of work.

311.3.1 Components are set to specifications, and clearances and various tensions checked for compliance with manufacturer’s specifications.

311.3.2 All equipment is cleaned in accordance with enterprise procedures.

311.3.3 Final inspections and operation are undertaken to ensure the installed escalator/moving walk conforms to requirements.

311.3.4 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Equipment may include escalators (single or multiple units), moving walks (single or multiple units), treadways (belt and pallet type).

Components may include safety devices, motor, controller, handrails, steps, pallets, step-chains, brakes and associated driving equipment.

Plant may include electric winches, chain hoists, gantries, welding equipment, dumpy/ laser levels, hydraulic screwjacks and skates.

Technical drawings may include schematics and layouts

Page 89: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 89 UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 90: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

90 © UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.

Calculations

mathematical techniques linear measurement areas volumes ratios

Engineering materials

classification ferrous and non-ferrous metalssteels, alloys properties tensile strength expansion in metals stress and strain ductility applications corrosion galvanic corrosion hardwoods and soft woods

Engineering mechanics

base physical quantities S.I. units, their application mass, velocity, acceleration force, weight, density, angles energy/work/power moments and torque centre of gravity mechanical advantage levers pulley blocks efficiency friction vectors resolution of forces forces in strung conductors pressure/stress elementary fluid mechanics

2. Drawing interpretation and sketching.

Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations

Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Freehand sketching and dimensioning

3. Workshop practices - basic.

Identification of tools Use of tools Fitting techniques Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety Machine adjustment

Belt tensioning Basic alignment

Gland

Packing Adjustment

Bearing

Selection Removal Replacement

Hinges

Free movement Adjustment

Page 91: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 91 UTL98

4. Occupational Health and Safety - basics

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Escalator and moving walk mechanics.

Escalators Statutory and enterprise requirements

Lift Code OH&S Emergency stop Danger signage Barriers Running clearances

Purpose of

Controller Safety devices Chain/steps Hand rail

Repair

Steps/belts/pallets Combs Guards Balustrades Newel rollers Balustrade lighting

Adjustments

Chains Hand rail Brake Steps Safety devices

Safe working procedures

Removing steps/pallets Working in motor room/pit Cleaning/lubricating Guards

Hand rails

Remove/refit

Installation and commissioning

Aligning Testing Handling Running clearances

Escalator types to suit applications

Volume of people Gradient Multi floor use

Moving walks Types

Continuous belts Palletised

Statutory requirements

OH&S Lift Code

Comparison with escalator

2. Use and care of lifting equipment.

Regulations

Hoisting appliances Fork lift trucks Manual handling of materials Electrical conductors

Estimation of mass Cranes and powered lifting equipment

Crane types Mobile cranes Operation of cranes Chain blocks and chain pulls

Page 92: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

92 © UTL98

Lifting loads and protection

Safe working loads and load limits Ropes Chains Synthetic fibre slings Calculation of SWL Lashing, controlling loads, sling attachment Sling accessories Safe lifting practice

Creeper winches Types of jacks Accessories Bands and hitches

Crane signals Fork lifts Lifting special materials Packing and cribbing

3. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

4. Time management and co-ordination processes.

5. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

6. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

7. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

8. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

9. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

10. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

11. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

12. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

13. Maintain and promote personal well being.

14. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

15. Use hand tools.

Page 93: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 93 UTL98

16. Use power tools - hand held operation.

17. Measure with graduated devices.

18. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

19. Interpret technical drawings.

20. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

Page 94: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

94 © UTL98

ROV Guideline for Install Escalators/Moving Walks Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 1

Equipment escalators (single or multiple units) moving walks (single or multiple units) treadways (belt and pallet type)

B At least 3

Components safety devices motor controller handrails steps pallets step-chains brakes associated driving equipment

C Do all Requirements of Statutory Codes and enterprise requirements

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 95: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 95 UTL98

UTL NLS312 A Maintain Hydraulic Lift Equipment

Descriptor: This unit covers the checking, repair or replacement and adjustment of hydraulic lift components.

Elements Performance criteria

312.1 Plan and prepare for maintenance.

312.1.1 Maintenance is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

312.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

312.1.3 Maintenance is checked against job requirements.

312.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

312.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the maintenance work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

312.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.

312.2 Maintain hydraulic lift equipment.

312.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.

312.2.2 Circuits are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.

312.2.3 Maintenance is conducted in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.

312.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.

312.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

Page 96: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

96 © UTL98

Elements Performance criteria

312.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

312.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

312.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the maintenance conforms to requirements.

312.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Equipment may include valves (directional flow, pressure control), filters, pumps, rams, cylinder seals and oil coolers.

Materials may include oils, greases and absorbents.

Testing devices may include pressure testers, enterprise specific testers and temperature gauges.

Page 97: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 97 UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

Organisation and its clients.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 98: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

98 © UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.

Calculations

mathematical techniques

linear measurement

areas

volumes

ratios

Engineering materials

classification

ferrous and non-ferrous metals

steels, alloys

properties

tensile strength

expansion in metals

stress and strain

ductility

applications

corrosion

galvanic corrosion

hardwoods and soft woods

Engineering mechanics

base physical quantities

S.I. units, their application

mass, velocity, acceleration

force, weight, density, angles

energy/work/power

moments and torque

centre of gravity

mechanical advantage

levers

pulley blocks

efficiency

friction

vectors

resolution of forces

forces in strung conductors

pressure/stress

elementary fluid mechanics

2. Drawing interpretation and sketching.

Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations

Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Freehand sketching and dimensioning

Page 99: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 99 UTL98

3. Workshop practices - basic.

Identification of tools Use of tools Fitting techniques Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety Machine adjustment

Belt tensioning Basic alignment

Gland

Packing Adjustment

Bearing

Selection Removal Replacement

Hinges

Free movement Adjustment

4. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.

Principles of fluid power

Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure

Components

Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Values

Main Door lock Flow Restrictions Solenoid

Directional flow

Pressure gauge

Ram/cylinders

Single stage Multi stage

Oil cooler Oil reservoir

Lift applications

Types of arrangements

Side acting Direct Suspended

Requirements of Lift Code/Standards

Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors

Emergency passenger release

Manual lowering OH&S considerations Communications

Replacement of Hydraulic components

Seals and Glands Solenoid valves

Safe working procedures

Page 100: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

100 © UTL98

Filters Seals Bleeding lines General operation

Under car Valves Seals and glands Re-levelling hazard under pressure

2. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

3. Time management and co-ordination processes.

4. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

5. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

6. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

7. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

8. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

9. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

10. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

11. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

12. Maintain and promote personal well being.

13. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

14. Use hand tools.

15. Use power tools - hand held operation.

16. Measure with graduated devices.

17. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

18. Interpret technical drawings.

19. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

Page 101: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 101 UTL98

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

ROV Guideline for Maintain Hydraulic Lift Equipment Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 3

Equipment valves (directional flow, pressure control) filters pumps rams cylinder seals oil coolers

B At least 1

Materials oils greases absorbents

Page 102: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

102 © UTL98

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

C At least 2

Testing devices pressure testers enterprise specific testers temperature gauges

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 103: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 103 UTL98

UTL NLS313 A Install/Maintain Hoses and Tubing

Descriptor: This unit covers the installation and maintenance of hoses, piping and tubing associated with the control of lift hydraulic systems.

Elements Performance criteria

313.1 Plan and prepare for installation/ maintenance

313.1.1 Installation/maintenance is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

313.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

313.1.3 Hoses, piping and tubing are checked against job requirements.

313.1.4 Hoses, piping and tubing are obtained in accordance with established procedures and to comply with requirements.

313.1.5 Location in which hoses, piping and tubing are to be installed/maintained is determined from job requirements.

313.1.6 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

313.1.7 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the installation/maintenance work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

313.1.8 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.

313.2 Install/maintain hydraulic hoses, piping and tubing.

313.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures for installing/maintaining hoses, piping and tubing are followed.

313.2.2 Hoses, piping and tubing are installed in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.

313.2.3 Hoses, piping and tubing are terminated in accordance with requirements.

Page 104: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

104 © UTL98

Elements Performance criteria

313.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.

313.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

313.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

313.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

313.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the installation/maintenance conforms to requirements.

313.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Equipment may include single or multiple ram/cylinder installations.

Components may include rigid or flexible high pressure oil lines.

Plant may include ladders.

Testing devices may include pressure gauges.

Fastenings may include wall plugs and extension type anchors.

Technical drawings may include layout drawings.

Page 105: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 105 UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills – Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 106: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

106 © UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Hand tools.

Tool types

Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical

Care

Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance

Use

Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical

2. Drawing interpretation and sketching.

Technical drawing standards - AS1100Orthogonal projections Axonomeric projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations

Line types Three dimensional views Isometric projections Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning

3. Basic mechanical measurement.

Measurement applications

Lengths Temperature Weights Pressure Electrical Magnetic measuring tape Zinc Hardness testing

Measurement units and instruments

Units of measurement Measuring instruments Measuring techniques

Quality control

Standards Tolerances Limitations Precision Accuracy of measurements Instruments

Page 107: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 107 UTL98

4. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.

Principles of fluid power

Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure

Components

Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Solenoid values Directional flow

Pressure gauge

Ram/cylinders

Single stage Multi stage

Oil cooler Oil reservoir Filters Seals Bleeding lines General operation

Lift applications

Types of arrangements

Side acting Direct Suspended

Requirements of Lift Code/Standards

Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors

Emergency passenger release

Manual lowering OH&S considerations communications

5. Power tools - hand held operation.

Fixed position

Offhand grinders

Portable

Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears

Job planning

Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids Protection

Off hand grinder

Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids

Drilling operations

Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods

Using portable power tools

Safety Power sources Work holding

Page 108: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

108 © UTL98

6. Hydraulics.

Hydraulic components Hydraulic circuitry Servicing

7. Lift systems - basic operations.

Safety issues

Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to

Machine room Top of car Lift pit

Statutory requirements

Lift Code Australian Standards

Escalators and moving walks

Components

Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage Hand rail earthing

Traction lift components

Types of lifts

Passenger Goods Service

Machine room equipment

Machine Controller Governor Floor selector

Well equipment

Guide rails Landing doors and locks Limit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights

Pit equipment

Buffers Compensators Safety equipment

Car equipment

Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices Safety gear

Page 109: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 109 UTL98

8. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

9. Time management and co-ordination processes.

10. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

11. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

12. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

13. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

14. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

15. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

16. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

17. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

18. Maintain and promote personal well being.

19. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

20. Use hand tools.

21. Use power tools - hand held operation.

22. Measure with graduated devices.

23. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

24. Interpret technical drawings.

25. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary

Page 110: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

110 © UTL98

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

ROV Guideline for Install/Maintain Hoses and Tubing Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 1 Equipment single or multiple ram/cylinder installations

B At least 1 Components rigid or flexible high pressure oil lines

Page 111: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 111 UTL98

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 112: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

112 © UTL98

UTL NLS314 A Set Out Multiple Lift Wells

Descriptor: This unit covers the setting out of multiple lift wells in varying configurations.

Elements Performance criteria

314.1 Plan and prepare for work.

314.1.1 Work is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

314.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

314.1.3 Work is checked against job requirements.

314.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

314.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

314.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.

314.2 Set and assess the layout.

314.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.

314.2.2 Centre line/datum is obtained from, and confirmed with, the head contractor or authorised representative.

314.2.3 Survey information and layouts are used to establish and confirm centrelines of lift well enclosures.

314.2.4 Well templates are set in accordance with the data and enterprise procedures.

314.2.5 Plumb charts of lift wells are prepared or obtained from the relevant persons.

314.2.6 The plumb charts for all lift wells are analysed to identify the three dimensional impact on the layout.

Page 113: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 113 UTL98

Elements Performance criteria

314.2.7 Potential problems are identified, analysed and confirmed.

314.2.8 Options for corrective action are identified, analysed and ranked according to enterprise policies and the prevailing circumstances.

314.2.9 Corrective action is discussed and successfully negotiated with the head contractor or representative, or referred to the appropriate authority for resolution.

314.2.10 Confirmation of the final layout in writing is obtained from the head contractor or representative.

314.2.11 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

314.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

314.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the work conforms to requirements.

314.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

The task may be performed at one or several points on multiple lift wells in varying configurations as high rise shaft develops. On low rise, top template may be set on machine room.

Corrective action may be needed to overcome well out of plumb, bulges within well, out of wind situations, entrances incorrectly placed and/or other building defects.

Instructions to vary are to be in accordance with authorised enterprise procedures and may include alterations to the structure or to the lift equipment.

Materials may include timber or metal sections for site fabrication of templates, timber or metal templates pre-fabricated off site, wire for plumb lines, weights to tension plumb lines, timber or metal for pit template, fastening systems and timber-straight edge-trammel bar-gauge, rod, packing.

Tools may include theodolite, dumpy level, hand tools, power tools, welder, laser level. and explosive fastening tools.

Fastenings may include expansion type anchors, wood screws, nails, bolts, nuts and metal threads.

Page 114: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

114 © UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 115: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 115 UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.

Calculations

mathematical techniques linear measurement areas volumes ratios

Engineering materials

classification ferrous and non-ferrous metalssteels, alloys properties tensile strength expansion in metals stress and strain ductility applications corrosion galvanic corrosion hardwoods and soft woods

Engineering mechanics

base physical quantities S.I. units, their application mass, velocity, acceleration force, weight, density, angles energy/work/power moments and torque centre of gravity mechanical advantage levers pulley blocks efficiency friction vectors resolution of forces forces in strung conductors pressure/stress elementary fluid mechanics

2. Hand tools.

Tool types

Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical

Care

Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance

Use

Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical

3. Produce sketches.

Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations

Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Freehand sketching and dimensioning

Page 116: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

116 © UTL98

4. Basic mechanical measurement.

Measurement applications

Lengths Temperature Weights Pressure Electrical Magnetic measuring tape Zinc Hardness testing

Measurement units and instruments

Units of measurement Measuring instruments Measuring techniques

Quality control

Standards Tolerances Limitations Precision Accuracy of measurements Instruments

5. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Assembling and adjusting mechanical components.

Bolts and nuts

Types and sizes Tensile strength Corrosion Washers, flat and spring

2. Power tools - hand held operation.

Fixed position

Offhand grinders

Portable

Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears

Job planning

Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids Protection

Off hand grinder

Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids

Drilling operations

Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods

Using portable power tools

Safety Power sources Work holding

Page 117: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 117 UTL98

3. Plumbing and setting out.

Single lift wells

Purpose Need for accuracy Modification of errors Use of template Use of plumb lines and weights Measuring and marking out lift wells Measuring and marking out machine room (where appropriate) Plumbing chart Identification of clearances Adjustment of templates Use of laser level

Multiple lift wells

Use of centre line/datum Use of survey information and layouts Setting of well templates Plumb charts analysis for three dimensional impact Corrective action Use of theodolite

Fixing devices and methods

Inserts Expansion anchors Chemically bonded anchors

4. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

5. Time management and co-ordination processes.

6. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

7. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

8. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

9. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

10. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

Page 118: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

118 © UTL98

11. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

12. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

13. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

14. Maintain and promote personal well being.

15. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

16. Use hand tools.

17. Use power tools - hand held operation.

18. Measure with graduated devices.

19. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

20. Interpret technical drawings.

21. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

Page 119: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 119 UTL98

ROV Guideline for Set Out Multiple Lift Wells Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 4

Materials timber or metal sections for site fabrication of templates timber or metal templates pre-fabricated off site wire for plumb lines weights to tension plumb lines timber or metal for pit template fastening systems and timber-straight edge-trammel bar-gauge, rod, packing

B At least 2

Tools theodolite dumpy level welder laser level explosive fastening tools

C At least 2

Fastenings expansion type anchors wood screws nails bolts nuts metal threads

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 120: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

120 © UTL98

UTL NLS315 A Lift Safety Gear Acceptance Test

Descriptor: This unit covers the testing and adjustment of overspeed governors and safety gear prior to their being placed in service or following any alteration or repair affecting their performance.

Elements Performance criteria

315.1 Plan and prepare to undertake acceptance testing.

315.1.1 Testing procedures are planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

315.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

315.1.3 Testing procedures are checked against job requirements.

315.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

315.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

315.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.

315.1.7 Lift is made ready for tests in accordance with enterprise procedures.

315.2 Conduct acceptance testing.

315.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.

315.2.2 Circuits are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.

315.2.3 Testing and adjusting procedures are performed in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.

315.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with

Page 121: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 121 UTL98

Elements Performance criteria established procedures.

315.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

315.2.6 Any necessary modification is carried out without unnecessary damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.

315.2.7 Any modification is tested and monitored for compliance with manufacturer’s/enterprise specifications.

315.2.8 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

315.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

315.3.1 Final inspections and performance checks are undertaken to ensure that the testing and adjusting procedure conforms to requirements.

315.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures, including any necessary modifications.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Components may include governors (horizontal and vertical shaft type), safety gear types (instantaneous (type A), flexible guide clamp (type B), wedge clamp (type C), oil buffer (type D) and may be fitted to car, counterweight, or both.

Plant may include test weights, variable speed device for rotating governor, ladder, quick release device for drop testing, slings, hoists, brake release devices and well access devices.

Testing devices may include tachometers and dynamometers.

Technical drawings may include graphs and tables from AS 1735 Part 10.

Page 122: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

122 © UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 123: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 123 UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Occupational Health and Safety - basics

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Cables and terminations.

Isolation procedures

Identifying protection devices Isolating Testing Tagging Locking-off

Terminating cords and cables

Requirements Glands Lugs Terminations Copper cables Aluminium cables

Cables

Materials Specifications Colour coding Cable structures Applications Handling

Electrical accessories

Types Applications Fixing methods Fixing techniques

2. Hand tools.

Tool types

Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical

Care

Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance

Use

Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical

Page 124: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

124 © UTL98

3. Drawing interpretation and sketching.

Technical drawing standards - AS1100Orthogonal projections Axonomeric projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations

Line types Three dimensional views Isometric projections Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning

4. Lift components - electro-mechanical.

Lift control circuits (relay logic only)

Button circuit Indicator/lantern circuit Key switch circuits Fans Mains supply Power circuits Floor selector circuitry

Motor room control (selector)

Well control (transducer) Directional circuitry Slowing and stopping circuitryRe-levelling circuitry Door operator circuitry Acceleration circuits

Safety circuits - type, operation and actuation

Landing door locks Car door locks Emergency stop Pit switch Car trap-door limit switch Fire service Car top switch Tappet switch Governor/switch Safety gear switch Reverse phase relay Phase failure relay Overloads Circuit breakers Limit switches Terminal stopping Door protection

Lift components - electrical

Relays Tachos Limit switches Brushes Selectors Motor/generator Transformers Fuses Lamps Terminals

Electrical layout and special requirements

Lift Code and AS 3000 requirements Special lift symbols Conduits Travelling cable Troughing Colour coding and labelling Segregation LV/ELV Communication cabling Door lock wiring

Drives - types, construction and operation Traction Gearless types

Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)

Geared types

Page 125: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 125 UTL98

Circuit switches

Lift components - electronic

Encoders Transducers Electronic boards Selectors Rectifiers Capacitors Resistors Processor Board I/O board

Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)

Drum Rack and pinion Chain Screw

5. Electro-hydraulic lifts.

Electrical circuitry Pump motor, starter Control components and operation

Governor switch Over travel limits Up, down solenoids Up, down limit switches Levelling switch Stop button Faulty components diagnosis

6. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.

Principles of fluid power

Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure

Components

Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Solenoid values Directional flow

Pressure gauge

Ram/cylinders

Single stage Multi stage

Oil cooler Oil reservoir

Lift applications

Types of arrangements

Side acting Direct Suspended

Requirements of Lift Code/Standards

Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors

Emergency passenger release

Manual lowering OH&S considerations communications

Page 126: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

126 © UTL98

Filters Seals Bleeding lines General operation

7. Power tools - hand held operation.

Fixed position

Offhand grinders

Portable

Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears

Job planning

Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids Protection

Off hand grinder

Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids

Drilling operations

Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods

Using portable power tools

Safety Power sources Work holding

8. Electric lifts - mechanics.

Governors and safety gear Overspeed devices

Types of governors

Vertical shaft Horizontal shaft

Operation of each type of governor Testing procedures for each type of governor Governor rope tension test

Types of safety gear

Type A instantaneous Type B flexible guide clamp Type C wedge clamp Type D oil buffer

Release procedures for each type of safety gear/governor combination Statutory requirements Maintenance, replacement and adjustment of mechanical lift

Door guides Landing doors Car doors Tapes/chains Motor room equipment Well equipment Pit equipment Brakes Geared and gearless machine brakes

Brake function and statutory requirements Types of brake operation

Mechanical configurations

External Internal

Electrical operations

Stall motor Solenoid Hydraulic

Page 127: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 127 UTL98

components Door locks Air cords Selectors Bearings

Roller Sleeve

Guide shoes

Roller Slipper

Brake inspection and adjustment

Mechanical Electrical

Brake circuit operation

Brake circuitry

Manual release of brakes

Safe procedures Release devices

Statutory requirements

9. Lift systems - basic operations.

Safety issues

Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to

Machine room Top of car Lift pit

Statutory requirements

Lift Code Australian Standards

Escalators and moving walks

Components

Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers

Traction lift components

Types of lifts

Passenger Goods Service

Machine room equipment

Machine Controller Governor Floor selector

Well equipment

Guide rails Landing doors and locksLimit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights

Pit equipment

Buffers Compensators Safety equipment

Car equipment

Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices

Page 128: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

128 © UTL98

Tension carriage Hand rail earthing

Safety gear

10. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

11. Time management and co-ordination processes.

12. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

13. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

14. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

15. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

16. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

17. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

18. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

19. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

20. Maintain and promote personal well being.

21. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

22. Use hand tools.

23. Use power tools - hand held operation.

24. Measure with graduated devices.

25. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

26. Interpret technical drawings.

27. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

Page 129: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 129 UTL98

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

ROV Guideline for Lift Safety Gear Acceptance Test

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A Do all

Components speed governor (horizontal and vertical shaft) safety gear type A safety gear type B safety gear type C

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 130: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

130 © UTL98

UTL NLS316 A Lift Safety Gear Periodic Test

Descriptor: This unit covers the periodic inspection and testing of overspeed governors and safety gear of lifts in service.

Elements Performance criteria

316.1 Plan and prepare to undertake inspection and testing.

316.1.1 Inspection procedures are planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

316.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

316.1.3 Inspection procedures are checked against requirements.

316.1.4 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the inspection are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

316.1.5 Lift is taken out of service in accordance with enterprise procedures.

316.2 Undertake inspection and testing.

316.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.

316.2.2 Circuits are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.

316.2.3 Inspection and testing procedures are performed in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.

316.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.

316.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

316.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the inspection work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

Page 131: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 131 UTL98

Elements Performance criteria

316.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

316.3.1 Final performance checks are undertaken to ensure that the inspection procedures conform to requirements.

316.3.2 Completion of inspection is notified in accordance with established procedures and the lift restored to service.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Components may include speed governors, safety gear types (instantaneous (type A), flexible guide clamp (type B), wedge clamp (type C), oil buffer (type D) and may be fitted to car, counterweight or both.

Plant may include brake release devices, ladder, slings, hoists, variable speed devices for rotating governor and well access devices.

Testing devices may include tachometers and dynamometers.

Page 132: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

132 © UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 133: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 133 UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Cables and terminations.

Isolation procedures

Identifying protection devices Isolating Testing Tagging Locking-off

Terminating cords and cables

Requirements Glands Lugs Terminations Copper cables Aluminium cables

Cables

Materials Specifications Colour coding Cable structures Applications Handling

Electrical accessories

Types Applications Fixing methods Fixing techniques

2. Hand tools.

Tool types

Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical

Care

Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance

Use

Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical

Page 134: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

134 © UTL98

3. Drawing interpretation and sketching.

Technical drawing standards - AS1100Orthogonal projections Axonomeric projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations

Line types Three dimensional views Isometric projections Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning

4. Lift components - electro-mechanical.

Lift control circuits (relay logic only)

Button circuit Indicator/lantern circuit Key switch circuits Fans Mains supply Power circuits Floor selector circuitry

Motor room control (selector)

Well control (transducer) Directional circuitry Slowing and stopping circuitryRe-levelling circuitry Door operator circuitry Acceleration circuits

Safety circuits - type, operation and actuation

Landing door locks Car door locks Emergency stop Pit switch Car trap-door limit switch Fire service Car top switch Tappet switch Governor/switch Safety gear switch Reverse phase relay Phase failure relay Overloads Circuit breakers Limit switches Terminal stopping Door protection

Lift components - electrical

Relays Tachos Limit switches Brushes Selectors Motor/generator Transformers Fuses Lamps Terminals

Electrical layout and special requirements

Lift Code and AS 3000 requirements Special lift symbols Conduits Travelling cable Troughing Colour coding and labelling Segregation LV/ELV Communication cabling Door lock wiring

Drives - types, construction and operation Traction Gearless types

Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)

Geared types

Page 135: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 135 UTL98

Circuit switches

Lift components - electronic

Encoders Transducers Electronic boards Selectors Rectifiers Capacitors Resistors Processor Board I/O board

Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)

Drum Rack and pinion Chain Screw

5. Electro-hydraulic lifts.

Electrical circuitry Pump motor, starter Control components and operation

Governor switch Over travel limits Up, down solenoids Up, down limit switches Levelling switch Stop button Faulty components diagnosis

6. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.

Principles of fluid power

Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure

Components

Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Solenoid values Directional flow

Pressure gauge

Ram/cylinders

Single stage Multi stage

Oil cooler Oil reservoir

Lift applications

Types of arrangements

Side acting Direct Suspended

Requirements of Lift Code/Standards

Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors

Emergency passenger release

Manual lowering OH&S considerations communications

Page 136: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

136 © UTL98

Filters Seals Bleeding lines General operation

7. Basic mechanical measurement.

Measurement applications

Lengths Temperature Weights Pressure Electrical Magnetic measuring tape Zinc Hardness testing

Measurement units and instruments

Units of measurement Measuring instruments Measuring techniques

Quality control

Standards Tolerances Limitations Precision Accuracy of measurements Instruments

8. Power tools - hand held operation.

Fixed position

Offhand grinders

Portable

Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears

Job planning

Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids Protection

Off hand grinder

Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids

Drilling operations

Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods

Using portable power tools

Safety Power sources Work holding

Page 137: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 137 UTL98

9. Electric lifts - mechanics.

Governors and safety gear Overspeed devices

Types of governors

Vertical shaft Horizontal shaft

Operation of each type of governor Testing procedures for each type of governor Governor rope tension test

Types of safety gear

Type A instantaneous Type B flexible guide clamp Type C wedge clamp Type D oil buffer

Release procedures for each type of safety gear/governor combination Statutory requirements

Maintenance, replacement and adjustment of mechanical lift components Door locks Air cords Selectors Bearings

Roller Sleeve

Guide shoes

Roller Slipper

Door guides Landing doors Car doors Tapes/chains Motor room equipment Well equipment Pit equipment Brakes Geared and gearless machine brakes

Brake function and statutory requirements Types of brake operation

Mechanical configurations

External Internal

Electrical operations

Stall motor Solenoid Hydraulic

Brake inspection and adjustment

Mechanical Electrical

Brake circuit operation

Brake circuitry

Manual release of brakes

Safe procedures Release devices

Statutory requirements

Page 138: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

138 © UTL98

10. Lift systems - basic operations.

Safety issues

Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to

Machine room Top of car Lift pit

Statutory requirements

Lift Code Australian Standards

Escalators and moving walks

Components

Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage Hand rail earthing

Traction lift components

Types of lifts

Passenger Goods Service

Machine room equipment

Machine Controller Governor Floor selector

Well equipment

Guide rails Landing doors and locks Limit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights

Pit equipment

Buffers Compensators Safety equipment

Car equipment

Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices Safety gear

Page 139: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 139 UTL98

11. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

12. Time management and co-ordination processes.

13. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

14. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

15. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

16. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

17. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

18. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

19. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

20. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

21. Maintain and promote personal well being.

22. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

23. Use hand tools.

24. Use power tools - hand held operation.

25. Measure with graduated devices.

26. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

27. Interpret technical drawings.

28. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

Page 140: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

140 © UTL98

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

Page 141: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 141 UTL98

ROV Guideline for Lift Safety Gear Periodic Test Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A Do all

Components governor type A type B type C

B Do all Testing devices Tachometers Dynamometers

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 142: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

142 © UTL98

UTL NLS317 A Lift Equipment Compliance Testing

Descriptor: This unit covers those aspects of tests and test procedures required to ensure equipment is in compliance with relevant Australian Standard Codes and Regulations covering lifts, escalators and moving walks.

Elements Performance criteria

317.1 Plan and prepare to undertake inspection and testing procedures.

317.1.1 Electrical inspection and testing procedures are planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

317.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

317.1.3 Electrical inspection and testing procedures are checked against requirements.

317.1.4 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

317.2 Prepare for inspection and testing by Statutory Authority.

317.2.1 Equipment and related building areas are inspected for compliance with relevant Australian Standards, statutory regulations or by the requirement of relevant authorities.

317.2.2 Occupational check is carried out on equipment as prescribed by relevant Australian Standards, statutory regulations or by the requirement of relevant authorities.

317.2.3 Results of observations and tests are referenced against Australian Standards, regulations and enterprise requirements.

317.2.4 Adjustments, defects or faults are corrected and confirmed in accordance with enterprise procedures.

317.2.5 Faults, defects, adjustments to be attended to by others are notified and corrective action monitored and results confirmed.

Page 143: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 143 UTL98

Elements Performance criteria

317.3 Facilitate inspection and testing by Statutory Authority.

317.3.1 Timetable is established and confirmed with representative of Statutory Authority for inspection of equipment and related building areas and the conduct of tests, as prescribed by the relevant Australian Standards and statutory authority regulations.

317.3.2 Inspection, operational checks and testing, in accordance with the prescribed requirements of the relevant Australian Standards and statutory authority regulations, are facilitated with the representative of the Statutory Authority.

317.3.3 Procedures and outcomes are recorded in accordance with statutory and enterprise requirements.

317.3.4 Results of inspections and tests are recorded and reported to relevant enterprise parties and/or others.

317.4 Complete remedial work.

317.4.1 Items found not to conform to Australian Standards or statutory authority regulations/requirements are corrected/discussed with relevant parties to initiate remedial action.

317.4.2 Re-inspection by representative of Statutory Authority is arranged and aided to confirm that outstanding requirements have been met.

317.5 Inspect and notify completion of work.

317.5.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the electrical inspection procedures conform to requirements.

317.5.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Inspection and Testing will include all static and dynamic functions prescribed in the Lift Code, other relevant Australian Standards and State and Territory Regulations applying to inspection and certification.

Competencies apply to work over a wide range of equipment including different types of control systems and equipment spanning a wide age range. Competencies at this level will be demonstrated on non-routine equipment where

Page 144: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

144 © UTL98

discretion is required to plan and select the appropriate equipment and techniques.

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 145: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 145 UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Workshop practices - basic.

Identification of tools Tool use Fitting techniques

Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety

2. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Cables and terminations.

Isolation procedures

Identifying protection devices Isolating Testing Tagging Locking-off

Terminating cords and cables

Requirements Glands Lugs Terminations Copper cables Aluminium cables

Cables

Materials Specifications Colour coding Cable structures Applications Handling

Electrical accessories

Types Applications Fixing methods Fixing techniques

Page 146: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

146 © UTL98

2. Circuit protection and earthing.

Earthing and earthing systems

Regulatory requirement Direct MEN ELCB (voltage operated)

Supplementary earthing protection

Isolation RCD operation RCD circuit connections

Circuit protection

Excess circuit current Over voltage Under voltage Fault current Overload Inverse time characteristics Discrimination Arc central Fuses HRC fuses Circuit breakers Surge diverters

3. Electrical principles.

Basic electrical concepts

SI units Charge Voltage Current Resistance Factors affecting resistance Work Energy Power

Effects of current

Physiological Chemical Magnetic Thermal

Resistors

Fixed Variable Linear Non linear Power rating

Sources of EMF

Piezo Photovoltaic Thermal Electromagnetic Chemical

Magnetic principles

Magnetic fields Magnetic quantities and units Magnetising curve and hysteresis Reluctance Effect of an air gap Retentivity Forces on conductors

Electromagnetic induction and inductance Faraday’s law Lenz’s law Inductors Series and parallel connections Inductor specifications and applications Testing inductors Hazards and precautions

Capacitors

Charging/discharging Specifications and applications Series and parallel connections Testing Hazards and precautions

AC fundamentals

Periodic voltage and current Waveforms

Page 147: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 147 UTL98

Basic circuits

Principle of operation Ohm’s Law Series circuit Parallel circuit Series-parallel circuit Power Voltage and current laws

Batteries

Primary Secondary Handling Charging Connections Internal resistance Terminal voltage

Measurement

Meters Meter characteristics Loading effect Sources of error

Measurement of AC quantities Determining RMS values Determining frequency Determining phase angles

Reactance and impedance

Inductive reactance Capacitive reactance Impedance triangle Effects in circuits Series resonance Parallel resonance

Three phase principles

Star and delta connections Line and phase voltages Line and phase currents Three phase power

Power factor

Effects True, apparent and reactive power Power factor improvement

4. Motor operation, characteristics and protection.

Three phase motors

Construction Operating principles Performance characteristics

Motor protection

Short duration overloads Sustained overloads Repetitive starting or reversingHigh operating temperature Protection devices

Starting current and starters

Requirements Direct on line Star delta Auto transformer Soft start (electronic) Primary resistance Secondary resistance

Speed torque relationships Connection methods

Single phase motors

Construction Split phase motors Capacitor types Universal motor Reversal of rotation

Applications

Torque/power/speed characteristic Power, torque, speed and efficiency

Fault and fault finding

Common faults Diagnostic testing

DC machines

Control of output voltage Armature reaction Commutation

Page 148: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

148 © UTL98

Braking Rotation

Rule requirements

Control switches Isolating switches Automatic starting

Fault testing

Terminal voltage Insulation resistance Winding resistance/continuity Control and power circuit testing

Alternator principles

Construction details Excitation methods Voltage regulation Ratings

Three phase synchronous motors

Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications

Single phase synchronous motors

Common types Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications

Interpoles Back EMF Torque Speed Losses Efficiency

DC machine types and connections

Permanent magnet Separately excited Shunt Series Compound Reversal

Characteristics and applications

Excitation/voltage Speed/voltage Load/voltage/load current Torque/load current Torque/speed Speed/load current

DC motor starters

Starting current Current limitation Resistance for limiting starting current Operation of starters

Specialised DC machines

Tachogenerator Servomotors Stepper motors

Ward Leonard system

Page 149: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 149 UTL98

5. Digital electronics.

Digital circuit operation

Binary numbering Truth tables Boolean representation Signification of boolean Circuit implementation Logic probe fault finding

Hexadecimal Binary coded digit (BCD) Binary to decimal conversion Binary to hexadecimal conversion Decimal to hexadecimal conversion Characters using 7 BIT ASCII code Electrostatic discharge precautions

Effect of ESD Handling of components

Operation and characteristics of displays

LED displays LCD displays

Decoders

Operation Seven segment display decoder Encoders - operation Priority encoders Multiplexers Truth table implementation Demultiplexers

Digital sub-systems

Flip-flop operation Level triggered flip-flops Edge triggered flip-flops Synchronous inputs Asynchronous inputs Serial and parallel loading Shift left Shift right

Counters

D flip-flop JK flip-flop Modulus counters Up/down counters Count speed IC counters Ring counters Astable multivibrators Monostable multivibrators

Logic device terminal characteristics

Logic levels Supply voltages Power dissipation Drive currents Voltage levels Loading Propagation delays Noise margins Switching speed Open collector/drain outputs Tristate logic and buffers Interfacing of different logic families Schmitt trigger device

Page 150: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

150 © UTL98

6. Lift systems - basic operations.

Safety issues

Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to

Machine room Top of car Lift pit

Statutory requirements

Lift Code Australian Standards

Escalators and moving walks

Components

Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage Hand rail earthing

Traction lift components

Types of lifts

Passenger Goods Service

Machine room equipment

Machine Controller Governor Floor selector

Well equipment

Guide rails Landing doors and locks Limit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights

Pit equipment

Buffers Compensators Safety equipment

Car equipment

Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices Safety gear

7. Electro-hydraulic lifts.

Electrical circuitry Pump motor, starter Control components and operation

Governor switch Over travel limits Up, down solenoids Up, down limit switches Levelling switch Stop button

Page 151: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 151 UTL98

Faulty components diagnosis

8. Industrial computer systems.

Computer systems overview PC hardware orientation Basic DOS commands DOS Set-Up & Utilities Windows operations Word processors

Spreadsheets Databases as used for control applications CAD/Vector graphics Introduction to a control application package

9. Control concepts.

Control

Advantages Applications Terminology

Dimensional calculations Basic transducer principles and physical variables

Measurement terminology Types of controllers (include computer resident systems) Process characteristics Basic controller principles Introductory control systems

10. Variable speed drives.

Advantages of Variable Speed Drives Speed and direction control Acceleration control Torque control Energy savings Terminology used with Variable Speed Drives Direction: Forward and Reverse Speed: +ve and -ve Torque: +ve and -ve 4 quadrants of Torque/Speed operationAcceleration: +ve and -ve Load Power, Supply Power, Efficiency 3-Phase AC Induction Motor control principles Operating Characteristics of 3-Phase Squirrel Cage Induction Motors (SQIM) Equivalent circuit of an AC Induction Motor Starting Torque, Pull-up torque, Pull-out Torque, Synchronous Speed Torque/Speed Curve Voltage/Frequency Speed Ratio Frequency affects on AC Motors

Control System for Variable Speed Drives PWM (Pulse width modulated), VVVF drive (Variable voltage variable frequency) Inverter control system Speed feedback and Control System Current feedback and Control System External Interface Selection of, and Applications for PWM, VVVF Drives Flux Vector Control Drive inverter control system speed feedback and Control System current feedback and Control System select of, and Applications for Slip recovery Drives Control System for Soft Starter overview of Operation of Soft Starter selection of, and Applications for Soft Starters New Development in AC Variable Speed drive Technology example - Switched Reluctance Drive Motor Protection of AC Variable Speed Drives and Motors

Page 152: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

152 © UTL98

Operating Characteristics of 3-Phase Slip Ring Induction Motor Torque/Speed Curve Rotor Resistance/Speed relationship Overview of Electronic Power Control Devices Types of Devices: Power Diodes Power Thyristors Power Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJT’s) Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBT’s) Gate Turn Off Thyristors (GTO’s) Field Controlled Thyristors (FCT’s) Characteristics of Devices Power Ratings Speed of Switching Base/Gate Drive Requirements Common Drive Applications for Devices Power Electronic Converters Common Electronic Power Control Circuits for: AC/DC Rectifier, Un-controlled and Controlled DC/AC Inverter, PWM and quasi-Square Wave AC/AC Converters, Rectifier linked to Inverter and a Matrix converter DC/DC converters, PWM Input and Output Waveforms for Power Electronic Converters: Interference generated by circuits, Electrical and Audio Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)Introduction to harmonic distortion analysis using microprocessor based test equipment (not mathematical analysis) Filtering techniques employed to optimise EMC Switching Frequency and effects on Motor performance and EMC

Sources of failure: Loss of cooling Overloading Frequent starting Supply problems High ambient temperature Methods of protecting against sources of failure Protecting the frequency Convertor current limit over current trim Protecting the AC Motor Motor Thermal Model Commissioning purpose setting Parameters testing Differentiation of Common Faults in systems source of faults methods to determine nature of fault includes communications and external interface Adjust settings Manufacturers specifications Load testing Identify drive faults source of faults fault finding methods Selection, Installation, and Fault Finding Techniques choosing size of frequency convertor motor loading & cooling checking motor loading oversynchronous speed, advantages mounting position and enclosures supply and control cable selection and installation

environmental conditions earthing

Page 153: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 153 UTL98

11. Transducers.

Measurement principles

Measurement process Systems of units Standards, calibration, traceability Errors, accuracy, precision, sensitivity

Transducer classifications and Specifications

Resistive, capacitive, inductive, magnetic, sonic operating range Sensitivity Frequency response Resonant frequency Environment compatibility Repeatability Ruggedness Electrical specifications

Types of transducer

Thermistor Photoresistor Opto-devices Speakers Magnetic pick-ups Strain gauge Hall-effect devices Piezo devices

Interfacing transducers to electronic systems

Mounting methods Electrical/mechanical connections Basic signal conditioning concepts dividers AC/DC, DC/AC Amplifiers Analogue/digital conversion

12. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.

Principles of fluid power

Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure

Components

Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Solenoid values Directional flow

Pressure gauge

Ram/cylinders

Single stage Multi stage

Oil cooler Oil reservoir Filters Seals Bleeding lines

Lift applications

Types of arrangements

Side acting Direct Suspended

Requirements of Lift Code/Standards

Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors

Emergency passenger release

Manual lowering OH&S considerations communications

Page 154: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

154 © UTL98

General operation

13. Lift components - electro-mechanical.

Lift control circuits (relay logic only)

Button circuit Indicator/lantern circuit Key switch circuits Fans Mains supply Power circuits Floor selector circuitry

Motor room control (selector)

Well control (transducer) Directional circuitry Slowing and stopping circuitryRe-levelling circuitry Door operator circuitry Acceleration circuits

Safety circuits - type, operation and actuation

Landing door locks Car door locks Emergency stop Pit switch Car trap-door limit switch Fire service Car top switch Tappet switch Governor/switch Safety gear switch Reverse phase relay Phase failure relay Overloads Circuit breakers Limit switches Terminal stopping Door protection Circuit switches

Lift components - electronic

Encoders Transducers Electronic boards Selectors Rectifiers

Lift components - electrical

Relays Tachos Limit switches Brushes Selectors Motor/generator Transformers Fuses Lamps Terminals

Electrical layout and special requirements

Lift Code and AS 3000 requirements Special lift symbols Conduits Travelling cable Troughing Colour coding and labelling Segregation LV/ELV Communication cabling Door lock wiring

Drives - types, construction and operation Traction Gearless types

Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)

Geared types

Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)

Drum Rack and pinion

Page 155: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 155 UTL98

Capacitors Resistors Processor Board I/O board

Chain Screw

14. Electric lifts - mechanics.

Governors and safety gear Overspeed devices

Types of governors

Vertical shaft Horizontal shaft

Operation of each type of governor Testing procedures for each type of governor Governor rope tension test

Types of safety gear

Type A instantaneous Type B flexible guide clamp Type C wedge clamp Type D oil buffer

Release procedures for each type of safety gear/governor combination Statutory requirements

Maintenance, replacement and adjustment of mechanical lift components Door locks Air cords Selectors Bearings

Roller Sleeve

Guide shoes

Roller Slipper

Door guides Landing doors Car doors Tapes/chains Motor room equipment Well equipment Pit equipment Brakes Geared and gearless machine brakes

Brake function and statutory requirements Types of brake operation

Mechanical configurations

External Internal

Electrical operations

Stall motor Solenoid Hydraulic

Brake inspection and adjustment

Mechanical Electrical

Brake circuit operation

Brake circuitry

Manual release of brakes

Safe procedures Release devices

Statutory requirements

Page 156: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

156 © UTL98

15. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

16. Time management and co-ordination processes.

17. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

18. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

19. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

20. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

21. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

22. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

23. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

24. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

25. Maintain and promote personal well being.

26. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

27. Use hand tools.

28. Use power tools - hand held operation.

29. Measure with graduated devices.

30. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

31. Interpret technical drawings.

32. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

Page 157: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 157 UTL98

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

ROV Guideline for Lift Equipment Compliance Testing

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A Do all

Inspection and testing will include all static and dynamic functions prescribed in the Lift Code, other relevant Australian Standards and State and Territory Regulations applying to inspection and certification

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 158: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

158 © UTL98

UTL NLS401 A Write Operational Report

Descriptor: This unit covers the completion of reports which involve a level of analysis and research.

Elements Performance criteria

401.1 Identify reporting requirements.

401.1.1 The need for and nature of the reporting requirement is identified and confirmed.

401.1.2 The format and mode selected is appropriate to the circumstances.

401.2 Communicate information in writing.

401.2.1 Reports are written using appropriate terminology where required.

401.2.2 Reports discuss alternatives, difficulties and suggestions when required.

401.2.3 Reports are coherent and based on analysis or research undertaken.

401.2.4 Conclusions are based on the facts in the reports and recommendations are made if required.

401.2.5 Reports are completed within specified time.

401.2.6 References are acknowledged as required.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Equipment may include tape measure, tape recorder, camera, ammeter, voltmeter, continuity tester, sound level meter, light meter, vibration meter and computer.

Materials may include pens, pencils, graph paper, writing paper, computer generated diagrams, charts and graphics.

Page 159: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 159 UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills – Basic Knowledge; and Skills - Underpinning

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 160: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

160 © UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Safety using electrically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Reporting knowledge. Reporting skills.

Writing conventions Language structure Standard units and symbols Standard forms of reference and acknowledgment Presentation and layout Numbering systems

Analysis Data collection Planning and outlining Preparing graphics Writing summaries/abstracts Drafting, revising, editing, evaluating, proofreading Construction definitions Using linking and summary statements Punctuating compound terms

2. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

3. Time management and co-ordination processes.

4. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

5. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

Page 161: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 161 UTL98

6. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

7. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

8. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

9. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

10. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

11. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

12. Maintain and promote personal well being.

13. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

14. Measure with graduated devices.

15. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

16. Interpret technical drawings.

17. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

Page 162: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

162 © UTL98

ROV Guideline for Write Operational Report Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 1

Equipment tape measure tape recorder camera ammeter voltmeter continuity tester sound level meter light meter vibration meter

B At least 2

Reporting Knowledge writing conventions language structure standard units and symbols standard forms of reference and acknowledgement presentation and layout

C At least 6

Reporting Skills planning and outlining preparing graphics writing summaries drafting revising editing evaluating proof reading construction definitions using and linking summary statements punctuating compound terms

Page 163: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 163 UTL98

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 164: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

164 © UTL98

UTL NLS402 A Workplace Trainer - Category 1

Descriptor: This unit applies to trainers who play a key role in providing training and raising the levels of competency in the workforce. They are important providers of on-the-job structured training.

Elements Performance Criteria

Prepare for Training 402.1 Confirm the need for

training. 402.1.1 Specific training need is confirmed with,

and identified or advised by, appropriate personnel.

402.1.2 Training objectives reflect the specific training need.

402.2 Plan and document training session.

402.2.1 Clearly state training outcomes and ensure that the steps in the training session follow a logical sequence.

402.2.2 Select training methods to ensure that they are appropriate for:

- training outcomes

- training characteristics

- availability of equipment and resources.

402.2.3 Arrange plans for practice by trainees and provide for monitoring trainees' progress.

402.2.4 Identify and state the process for collecting evidence required for assessment.

402.3 Arrange location and resources.

402.3.1 Identify resources required for training and ensure that they are approved by appropriate personnel.

402.3.2 Arrange suitable locations for training and organise equipment, tools and other required resources so that they are available when needed.

402.3.3 Make arrangements with any persons required to assist in the training session or in the follow-up to the training session.

402.3.4 Arrange a safe and accessible training environment and notify trainees of the time and place of the training session.

Page 165: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 165 UTL98

Elements Performance Criteria 402.4 Notify trainees. 402.4.1 Notify trainees' supervisor/s of the time and

place of the training session and of any other requirements.

402.4.2 Notify all who are involved of the purpose of the training.

Deliver Training 402.5 Prepare trainees. 402.5.1 Explain to, discuss with, trainees and

identify:

- the training session objectives

- the sequence of activities to be followed

- the work application of the skill or job being taught

- any barriers to the performance of the job

- the assessment process.

402.6 Instruct trainees. 402.6.1 Adopt a systematic approach to instruction, taking into account:

- trainee explanation

- trainee demonstration

- review

- feedback.

402.6.2 Revise and modify instruction process as deemed necessary to meet trainees' learning needs.

402.6.3 Provide encouragement to trainees through on-going feedback during instruction designed to assist trainees in learning from mistakes.

402.6.4 Encourage and guide trainees to evaluate and diagnose their own performance for improvement.

402.7 Provide opportunities for practice.

402.7.1 Practice opportunities are provided according to the specific learning situation and training objectives.

402.7.2 Provide constructive feedback and reinforcement during practice and monitor trainees' readiness for assessment.

Page 166: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

166 © UTL98

Elements Performance Criteria 402.8 Confirm trainee has

reached required standard 402.8.1 Collect evidence of satisfactory

performance in accordance with the training plan.

of performance. 402.8.2 Advise trainee that s/he has reached the required standard of performance and advise, equally, appropriate personnel.

Review Training 402.9 Evaluate training session. 402.9.1 Encourage trainees to discuss problems or

difficulties arising from the training session including their ability to apply the learning outcomes.

402.10 Record training. 402.10.1 Accurately record all details of trainees completing the training in accordance with the organisation's requirements.

402.10.2 Records are securely stored and released only to authorised personnel.

402.11 Provide information on training.

402.11.1 Provide all information on training sessions (proposed, in hand or completed) to management as required.

402.12 Observe and promote occupational health and safety.

402.11.2 Make available information on proposed training to prospective trainees and/or employees, on request.

402.12.1 Relevant statutory and enterprise requirements for occupational health and safety are communicated to all personnel and implemented at all work sites.

402.12.2 Accidents and injuries are reported.

402.12.3 Potential hazards and safety risks are identified, investigated and recommendations for preventative action referred to appropriate authorities.

402.12.4 Occupational health and safety training and first aid training, where appropriate, is encouraged and undertaken.

402.12.5 Personal well being is maintained and promoted.

402.12.6 Safety threatening situations arising from physical/psychological incompatibility with the work environment are identified and resolved.

Page 167: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 167 UTL98

Range of Variables Category 1 applies to those persons who provide training in the workplace but for whom the training function is not a major part of their job. They may provide training infrequently or even regularly within a structured training context.

Training is provided on a one-to-one basis or to small groups of trainees.

Category 1: Trainers may include skilled operators, team leaders, supervisors and technical experts.

This unit is optional with the relationship to the Australian Standards Framework (ASF) resting at ASF 2-5. For each level, the competency will be applied to the skills at or below its corresponding level.

Page 168: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

168 © UTL98

UTL NLS403 A Workplace Trainer - Category 2

Descriptor: This unit applies to workplace trainers operating within a structured training context. Training is mostly provided for groups of trainees. Category 2 Trainers have considerable responsibility for program development and documentation, assessing trainees, reporting and recording.

Elements Performance Criteria

Prepare for Training 403.1 Confirm the need for

training. 403.1.1 Collect information on training needs using

appropriate investigation methods.

403.1.2 Interpret the information using appropriate methods of analysis and verify conclusions with appropriate personnel.

403.2 Define training requirements.

403.2.1 Identify competencies related to specific jobs, roles or functions in accordance with applicable endorsed competency standards.

403.2.2 Correctly compare competencies held by individuals with those competencies required for the job, role or function.

403.2.3 Identify training outcomes in consultation with relevant parties and identify any barriers to learning.

403.3 Develop training programs.

403.3.1 Ensure that learning outcomes clearly specify the performance requirements and the underpinning knowledge.

403.3.2 Record sequence and timing of the learning outcomes and adopt strategies to make training accessible to, and effective for all trainees.

403.3.3 Develop strategies to overcome barriers to learning.

403.3.4 Identify appropriate training methods for:

- the training outcomes

- trainee characteristics

- availability of equipment and resources.

403.3.5 Design and develop training to ensure that learning will be confirmed and feedback provided to trainees at appropriate stages.

Page 169: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 169 UTL98

Elements Performance Criteria 403.3.6 Provide trainees with an opportunity to

relate their learning to work situations and to manage their own learning.

403.3.7 Identify learning materials and the evidence required for assessment. State how evidence will be collected.

403.3.8 Identify and confirm training costs with appropriate personnel.

403.4 Prepare learning materials.

403.4.1 List learning outcomes and make decisions about design to overcome barriers to learning.

403.4.2 Specify subject matter required to achieve learning outcomes and select formats for material which enhance the learning capability.

403.4.3 Use appropriate text related to language, style and level, use clear and accurate visual material that conforms to display conventions, and provide instructions for use of required equipment.

403.4.4 Observe copyright laws.

403.5 Manage training events. 403.5.1 Identify resources required for training and have them approved by appropriate personnel.

403.5.2 Identify and arrange a training location and equipment, tools and other resources to support the specified learning opportunities.

403.5.3 Make arrangements with persons who are required to assist in the training program and arrange a safe and accessible training environment.

403.6 Establish training data bank.

403.6.1 Maintain a list/record of internal training resource personnel and external personnel from whom information on training can be obtained.

403.6.2 Keep easily accessible information on training and training materials and on assessment and maintain an up-to-date register of likely external courses and providers.

Page 170: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

170 © UTL98

Elements Performance Criteria

Deliver Training 403.7 Prepare trainees for the

learning experience. 403.7.1 Explain to, and discuss with, trainees the

training objectives and the learning outcomes and together explore any barriers to learning.

403.7.2 Clearly explain the sequence of activities to be followed in the training program to trainees.

403.7.3 Explain to, and discuss with, trainees ways in which competencies are to be developed and assessed.

403.8 Present training session. 403.8.1 Structure the presentation and training methods and make sure these are appropriate for the development of the trainees' competencies.

403.8.2 Ensure that presentation and training methods provide:

- variety

- encourage participation

- reinforce key points.

403.8.3 Review and modify, as necessary, the presentation process to meet learning needs and use training equipment and material in a way that improves trainees' learning.

403.8.4 Present information clearly and accurately in the correct sequence.

403.8.5 Encourage trainees to participate by:

- questioning

- clarifying points of concern

- commenting appropriately at identified stages.

403.8.6 Provide supplementary information to enhance and clarify understanding and use, at appropriate times in the session, a summary of key points to reinforce learning.

403.9 Support trainees in managing their own learning.

403.9.1 Provide resource material suitable for self-managed learning and brief trainees in their role.

Page 171: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 171 UTL98

Elements Performance Criteria 403.9.2 Identify and bring to the notice of trainees,

health and safety hazards.

403.9.3 During the learning process provide:

- timely information and advice

- assistance as required

- opportunities to make choices and decisions.

403.10 Facilitate group learning. 403.10.1 Brief trainees on the rationale, process and outcomes of a group approach.

403.10.2 Use group training methods to maximise learning effectiveness and assign individuals to groups in which they can work effectively.

403.10.3 Provide clear directions and guidance on content and process, as required and assist groups to recognise the needs and requirements of individual members.

403.10.4 Properly manage trainer interventions during group discussions and ensure that the review of group processes is shared between trainer and trainees.

403.11 Provide opportunities for practice.

403.11.1 Provide practice opportunities according to the specific learning situation and the training program.

403.11.2 Monitor trainees' readiness for assessment of competency and discuss with trainees.

403.11.3 Discuss the process, rationale and outcomes of practice and provide, during practice, constructive feedback and reinforcement.

403.12 Provide feedback on progress to trainees.

403.12.1 Evaluate trainees' progress against learning outcomes, organisation and trainee goals.

403.12.2 Feedback is provided on the outcomes of progress review and trainees helped to consider their progress.

403.12.3 Diagnose progress results to provide a guide for the approach to be adopted in the next stage of training.

403.13 Review delivery experience.

403.13.1 Seek from, and discuss with, trainees their reaction to the delivery, as appropriate.

Page 172: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

172 © UTL98

Elements Performance Criteria 403.13.2 Trainer to self-assess his/her performance

against predetermined goals.

403.13.3 Give consideration to, and incorporate, any adjustments to delivery practices.

Conduct Assessment. 403.14 Establish evidence

required. 403.14.1 Establish evidence required to infer

competency from the endorsed competency standards, learning outcomes of the training program or other performance measures used.

403.14.2 Specify evidence requirements to assure valid inferences of competency.

403.14.3 Specify evidence requirements for the assessor to authenticate the performance of the person/s being assessed.

403.14.4 Specify sufficient evidence to show consistent achievement of the specified standards, identify opportunities to consolidate evidence gathering and establish the cost of gathering the required evidence.

403.15 Establish assessment method/s.

403.15.1 Select assessment methods which are appropriate for gathering the type and amount of evidence required.

403.15.2 Propose suitable adjustments in the assessment method to cater for those person/s being assessed who have special needs.

403.16 Develop simple assessment tools.

403.16.1 Design an assessment tool/s which gathers:

- valid evidence

- reliable evidence

- sufficient evidence or complements the use of other assessment tools in gathering sufficient evidence.

403.16.2 Ensure the evidence gathered is valid, reliable and properly documented according to organisation's requirements.

Page 173: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 173 UTL98

Elements Performance Criteria 403.17 Review evidence

requirements, assessment methods and assessment tools.

403.17.1 Trial assessment methods and tools with persons similar to those who will ultimately be assessed.

403.17.2 Evaluate the assessment methods and tools for:

- clarity

- reliability

- validity

- fairness

- cost effectiveness

403.17.3 Make improvements and changes to assessment methods and tools in light of the evaluation of the pilot exercise.

403.17.4 Ratify procedures with relevant personnel in the industry/organisation or training establishment, of the evidence requirements, assessment methods and assessment tools and the process used in developing them.

403.18 Identify and explain the context of assessment.

403.18.1 Discuss context and purpose of assessment with person/s being assessed and confirm that it is understood.

403.18.2 Obtain and explain to the person/s being assessed the relevant performance measures applying to assessment (eg competency standards, learning outcomes of the training program). Instructions are verified by person/s being assessed.

403.18.3 Explain and obtain agreement for the assessment procedure.

403.18.4 Identify and explain and legal and ethical responsibilities associated with assessment to person/s being assessed.

403.18.5 Check whether person/s being assessed requires the allowable adjustments in the assessment procedure applying to those with special needs.

Page 174: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

174 © UTL98

Elements Performance Criteria 403.19 Plan evidence gathering

opportunities. 403.19.1 Identify opportunities to gather evidence of

competency occurring as part of workplace or training activities and of the need to gather additional evidence which might not occur as part of these activities.

403.19.2 Plan and schedule all evidence gathering activity in accordance with the assessment procedure.

403.19.3 Ensure that the planned approach to evidence gathering provides sufficient, valid and fair evidence of competency and that it covers the four (4) key dimensions of competence:

- task skills

- task management skills

- contingency management skills

- job/role environment skills.

403.20 Organise assessment. 403.20.1 Obtain and arrange the resources specified in the assessment procedure and inform relevant person/s of assessment plans.

403.20.2 Check that the assessment environment permits fair, valid and reliable assessment and that it is safe and accessible.

403.20.3 Explain assessment arrangements and requirements simply and clearly to person/s being assessed and obtain their agreement regarding these arrangements.

403.21 Gather evidence. 403.21.1 Put person/s being assessed at ease and then gather all the evidence specified in the assessment procedure using the methods and tools specified.

403.21.2 Gather evidence for those with special needs in accordance with specified allowable adjustments to the assessment method/s.

403.21.3 Document the evidence gathered in accordance with the assessment procedure.

Page 175: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 175 UTL98

Elements Performance Criteria 403.22 Make the assessment

decision. 403.22.1 Evaluate the evidence gathered in terms of:

- validity

- authenticity

- sufficiency

- currency

- consistent achievement of the specified standard.

403.22.2 Make the assessment decision in accordance with criteria specified in the assessment procedure and seek guidance, if in doubt, from a more experienced assessor/s nominated in the assessment procedure.

403.23 Record assessment results. 403.23.1 Record assessment results promptly in accordance with the specified assessment procedure and accurately, in accordance with specified record keeping requirements.

403.24 Provide feedback to person/s being assessed.

403.24.1 Discuss and confirm performance with person/s being assessed and provide them with clear and constructive feedback.

403.24.2 Explore ways of overcoming any gaps in the competency revealed by assessment with person/s being assessed.

403.24.3 Provide guidance on further goals/training opportunities, if appropriate.

403.24.4 Advise and confirm with person/s being assessed re-assessment opportunities and/or review appeal mechanisms available where the assessment decision is challenged.

403.25 Report on the conduct of the assessment.

403.25.1 Report on positive and negative features experienced in conducting assessment to those responsible for the assessment procedure.

403.25.2 Record and promptly report any assessment decision disputed by the person/s being assessed to those nominated in the assessment procedure.

403.25.3 Make suggestions for improving any aspect of the assessment process to those

Page 176: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

176 © UTL98

responsible for the assessment procedure.

Elements Performance Criteria Review Assessment

403.26 Periodically review the assessment procedures.

403.26.1 Comply with the review process established by the organisation, industry or training authority.

403.26.2 Review the operations of the assessment procedure at a specified site in cooperation with person/s being assessed and with any relevant parties in industry/the organisation/training establishment and/or any agency identified under legislation.

403.26.3 Document and evaluate review activities and substantiate review findings.

403.26.4 Make recommendations for changes to the assessment procedure in light of the review outcomes to the appropriate person/s.

403.26.5 Make effective contributions to system-wide reviews of the assessment process.

403.27 Observe and promote occupational health and safety.

403.27.1 Relevant statutory and enterprise requirements for occupational health and safety are communicated to all personnel and implemented at all work sites.

403.27.2 Accidents and injuries are reported.

403.27.3 Potential hazards and safety risks are identified, investigated and recommendations for preventative action referred to appropriate authorities.

403.27.4 Occupational health and safety training and first aid training, where appropriate, is encouraged and undertaken.

403.27.5 Personal well being is maintained and promoted.

403.27.6 Safety threatening situations arising from physical/psychological incompatibility with the work environment are identified and resolved.

Page 177: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 177 UTL98

Range of Variables Category 2 applies to those persons for whom training is a large part of their job, or the full job function within a structured training context.

Category 2 trainers have considerable responsibility for program development and documentation, assessing and reporting and recording training information.

Training provision may range from one-to-one, small group or large group training. It may include both on and off-the-job informal and the subject matter is limited to the trainers' areas of expertise.

This unit is optional with the relationship to the Australian Standards Framework (ASF) resting at ASF 2-5. For each level, the competency will be applied to skills at or below its corresponding level.

Page 178: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

178 © UTL98

UTL NLS 404 A Workplace Assessor

Descriptor: This unit applies to persons who conduct assessment in accordance with an assessment procedure established by the industry, or enterprise, or training establishment. The assessor works within a structured assessment situation and has limited discretionary powers. Persons with these competencies will have access to guidance and support from more experienced assessors within the industry or enterprise or training establishment.

Elements Performance Criteria 404.1 Identify and explain the

context of assessment. 404.1.1 Discuss the context and purpose of

assessment with the person/s being assessed and confirm that it is understood.

404.1.2 Obtain and explain to person/s being assessed the relevant performance measures applying to assessment (eg: current endorsed competency standards, learning outcomes of the training program). Instructions are verified by person/s being assessed.

404.1.3 Explain and obtain agreement for the assessment procedure.

404.1.4 Identify and explain any legal and ethical responsibilities associated with assessment to the person/s being assessed.

404.1.5 Check whether the person/s being assessed requires the allowable adjustments in the assessment procedure applying to those with special needs.

404.2 Plan evidence gathering opportunities.

404.2.1 Identify opportunities to gather evidence of competency which occur as part of workplace or training activities.

404.2.2 Identify the need to gather additional evidence which may not occur as part of workplace or training activities.

404.2.3 Plan and schedule all evidence gathering activity in accordance with the assessment procedure.

404.2.4 Ensure that the planned approach to gathering evidence will provide sufficient, reliable, valid and fair evidence of competency.

Page 179: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 179 UTL98

Elements Performance Criteria 404.2.5 Ensure that the planned approach to

gathering evidence will cover the four (4) key dimensions of competence:

- task skills

- task management skills

- contingency management skills

- job/role environment skills.

404.3 Organise assessment. 404.3.1 Obtain and arrange the resources specified in the assessment procedure.

404.3.2 Inform the relevant persons of assessment plans.

404.3.3 Check that the assessment environment permits fair, valid and reliable assessment.

404.3.4 Check that the assessment environment is safe and accessible.

404.3.5 Explain the assessment arrangements and requirements simply and clearly to the person/s being assessed.

404.3.6 Obtain agreement regarding assessment arrangements with person/s being assessed.

404.4 Gather evidence. 404.4.1 Put the person/s being assessed at ease.

404.4.2 Gather all the evidence specified in the assessment procedure, using assessment methods and tools specified.

404.4.3 Gather evidence for those with special needs, in accordance with specified allowable adjustments to the assessment method/s.

404.4.4 Document the evidence gathered in accordance with the assessment procedure.

404.5 Make the assessment decision.

404.5.1 Evaluate the evidence gathered in terms of its:

- validity

- authenticity

- sufficiency

- currency

- consistent achievement of the specific standard.

Page 180: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

180 © UTL98

Elements Performance Criteria 404.5.2 Make the assessment decision in

accordance with the criteria specified in the assessment procedure.

404.5.3 Seek guidance, if in doubt, from a more experienced assessor/s nominated in the assessment procedure.

404.6 Record assessment results. 404.6.1 Record assessment results promptly and in accordance with the specified assessment procedure.

404.6.2 Record assessment results accurately in accordance with the specified record keeping requirements.

404.6.3 Provide access to the assessment records only to authorised personnel.

404.6.4 Maintain confidentiality of assessment outcome.

404.7 Provide feedback to assessee.

404.7.1 Discuss and confirm performance with the person/s being assessed.

404.7.2 Give clear and constructive feedback to the person/s being assessed.

404.7.3 Explore with the person/s being assessed ways of overcoming any gaps in their competency revealed by assessment.

404.7.4 Give guidance on further goals/training opportunities, if appropriate.

404.7.5 Advise and confirm with person/s being assessed reassessment opportunities and/or review appeal mechanisms available where the assessment decision is challenged.

404.8 Report on the conduct of the assessment.

404.8.1 Report on positive and negative features experienced in conducting assessment to those responsible for the assessment procedure.

404.8.2 Record and report promptly any assessment decision disputed by the person/s being assessed to those nominated in the assessment procedure.

404.8.3 Make suggestions for improving any aspect of the assessment process to those responsible for the assessment procedure.

Page 181: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 181 UTL98

Elements Performance Criteria 404.9 Observe and promote

occupational health and safety.

404.9.1 Relevant statutory and enterprise requirements for occupational health and safety are communicated to all personnel and implemented at all work sites.

404.9.2 Accidents and injuries are reported.

404.9.3 Potential hazards and safety risks are identified, investigated and recommendations for preventative action referred to appropriate authorities.

404.9.4 Occupational health and safety training and first aid training, where appropriate, is encouraged and undertaken.

404.9.5 Personal well being is maintained and promoted.

404.9.6 Safety threatening situations arising from physical/psychological incompatibility with the work environment are identified and resolved.

Range of Variables Assessors include: persons working in any position involving assessment functions such as supervisors, frontline managers, workers on the shop floor, persons in training or management positions, training providers (private/public) and members of work teams or groups.

Assessment system specifies: the purpose of assessment; competencies and certification required by assessors; record keeping procedures and policies; and allowable adjustments to the assessment method/s made for person/s being assessed with special needs; appeal/review mechanisms and procedures; review and evaluation process; linkages between assessment and training qualifications/awards, employee classification, remuneration, progression; relevant policies; quality assurance procedures; apportionment of costs/fees (if applicable); and marketing/promotion of assessment.

Assessment procedure is developed and endorsed by persons responsible for the implementation of the assessment process in the industry, enterprise, training provider, or a combination of these and specifies: recording procedure; appeal/review mechanisms; assessment methods; number of assessors; assessment tools; evidence required; location and timing of assessment; group size and allowable adjustments for persons with special needs.

Assessment may be used for one or more purposes such as diagnosing performance, classifying an employee, confirming an employee's competency for career advancement/job level, awards/qualifications, providing statement of attainment, confirming progress in learning, recognising prior learning.

Assessment may be conducted by an assessor working alone, or a team comprising subject knowledge expert/s and assessment expert/s, or an assessor

Page 182: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

182 © UTL98

working in conjunction with the trainer, supervisor mentor of the assessee/s or with a more experienced assessor.

Assessment methods may include: direct observation of performance, practical tasks, projects, written/oral, computer-based questioning, simulation exercises, consideration of third party reports, self assessment, consideration of authenticated prior achievements or a combination of methods.

Evidence gathering/assessment tools may include: specific instructions relating to the performance of special tasks/processes or simulation exercises, specific instructions related to projects and exercises, oral/ written/ computer-based questions, performance check lists, log books and marking guides or a combination of tools in order to provide sufficient evidence to make a judgment.

Assessment may occur: in the workplace (on-the-job), in a training centre (off-the-job), in a simulated workplace, or in a combination of locations (on and off-the-job situations). Assessment may involve assessing one person or a group of persons.

Where assessee/s has special needs, reasonable adjustment will be made to the assessment process. Such person/s may include those with disabilities, literacy/numeracy and/or language difficulties, non-English speaking backgrounds (NESB), or anxious or inexperienced candidates.

Reasonable adjustments include: provision of personal support services (interpreter, reader, attendant, carer, scriber), use of special equipment (word processor or lifting hear), adaptive technology, shorter assessment sessions catering for fatigue or medication, use of large print version of any papers.

This unit is optional with the relationship to the Australian Standards Framework (ASF) resting at ASF 2-5. For each level, the competency will be applied to skills at or below its corresponding level

Page 183: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 183 UTL98

UTL NLS405 A Release Passengers from Lifts

Descriptor: This unit covers the actions necessary to release passengers from a lift which has become immobilised.

Elements Performance criteria

405.1 Plan and prepare for release.

405.1.1 Release is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

405.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

405.1.3 Release is checked against job requirements.

405.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

405.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the release are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

405.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements

405.2 Commence the release process.

405.2.1 On arrival at the site, the exact nature of the situation is confirmed including:

- the specific lift car involved

- the location of the lift car in the shaft

- the user’s interpretation of the situation

- the numbers and details of passengers

- any immediate medical/emergency support requirement.

405.2.2 Passengers are reassured that assistance is underway and are sensitively advised of their requirements regarding safety and doors.

405.2.3 Passengers’ needs are identified and responded to within the constraints imposed

Page 184: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

184 © UTL98

Elements Performance criteria by the situation.

405.2.4 Appropriate emergency services support is arranged including medical and para-medical support.

405.2.5 Personal conduct and demeanour is controlled and framed to promote confidence and avoid a panic situation.

405.3 Release passengers. 405.3.1 The fault situation is assessed and the lift is

- made operational

- the circuit breaker is isolated.

405.3.2 If conditions allow, lift is moved at a controlled speed to the selected floor.

405.3.3 Passengers are reassured and kept informed of actions at all times.

405.3.4 Passengers are assisted to exit from the lift car.

405.3.5 General condition of passengers is observed, recorded and reported in accordance with statutory and enterprise requirements.

405.3.6 Once passengers are released, the lift and site are secured for public safety.

405.4 Inspect and notify completion of work.

405.4.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure all work conforms to requirements.

405.4.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Equipment may include electro-hydraulic, electric passenger and goods, inclined, and lifts for passengers with limited mobility and other special purposes.

Components may include governors, safety devices, safety gear, brakes, door operator, locks and manual release of mechanical brake operation of emergency lowering valves.

Procedures will include enterprise and OH&S requirements and passenger release in response to a range of breakdown/faults. Enterprise procedures related to passenger safety, application of power sources and hand winding/lowering are to be strictly observed.

Page 185: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 185 UTL98

Communication may include information required at the site including the number of passengers, the condition of passengers, the direction of lift travel before lift stopped, and indication of fault including abnormal noises and the status of doors and information to be passed on to passengers including warnings against standing near doors or tampering with, or using controls. Information on the impending movement of the lift and opening of doors needs to be conveyed.

Testing devices may include multimeter and enterprise specific test equipment.

Technical drawings may include schematic diagrams.

Page 186: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

186 © UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 187: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 187 UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Workshop practices - basic.

Identification of tools Use of tools Fitting techniques Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety Machine adjustment

Belt tensioning Basic alignment

Gland

Packing Adjustment

Bearing

Selection Removal Replacement

Hinges

Free movement Adjustment

2. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Transformer principles and connections.

Construction

Core Shell Laminations Nameplate details

Windings

Primary Secondary Double wound Auto Single phase Three phase Identification Insulation resistance Winding segregation Lead segregation

Operation

Step down Step up Turns ratio Voltage ratio Current ratio Efficiency

Connections

Primary Secondary Tappings Polarity markings Paralleling

Page 188: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

188 © UTL98

2. Motor operation, characteristics and protection.

Three phase motors

Construction Operating principles Performance characteristics

Motor protection

Short duration overloads Sustained overloads Repetitive starting or reversingHigh operating temperature Protection devices

Starting current and starters

Requirements Direct on line Star delta Auto transformer Soft start (electronic) Primary resistance Secondary resistance

Speed torque relationships Connection methods

Braking Rotation

Rule requirements

Control switches Isolating switches Automatic starting

Fault testing

Terminal voltage Insulation resistance Winding resistance/continuity Control and power circuit testing

Single phase motors

Construction Split phase motors Capacitor types Universal motor Reversal of rotation

Applications

Torque/power/speed characteristic

DC machines

Control of output voltage Armature reaction Commutation Interpoles Back EMF Torque Speed Losses Efficiency

DC machine types and connections

Permanent magnet Separately excited Shunt Series Compound Reversal

Characteristics and applications

Excitation/voltage Speed/voltage Load/voltage/load current Torque/load current Torque/speed Speed/load current

DC motor starters

Starting current Current limitation Resistance for limiting starting current Operation of starters

Specialised DC machines

Tachogenerator Servomotors Stepper motors

Ward Leonard system

Page 189: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 189 UTL98

Power, torque, speed and efficiency

Fault and fault finding

Common faults Diagnostic testing

3. Electrical principles.

Basic electrical concepts

SI units Charge Voltage Current Resistance Factors affecting resistance Work Energy Power

Effects of current

Physiological Chemical Magnetic Thermal

Resistors

Fixed Variable Linear Non linear Power rating

Sources of EMF

Piezo Photovoltaic Thermal Electromagnetic Chemical

Basic circuits

Principle of operation Ohm’s Law Series circuit Parallel circuit Series-parallel circuit Power Voltage and current laws

Batteries

Magnetic principles

Magnetic fields Magnetic quantities and units Magnetising curve and hysteresis Reluctance Effect of an air gap Retentivity Forces on conductors

Electromagnetic induction and inductance

Faraday’s law Lenz’s law Inductors Series and parallel connections Inductor specifications and applications Testing inductors Hazards and precautions

Capacitors

Charging/discharging Specifications and applications Series and parallel connections Testing Hazards and precautions

AC fundamentals

Periodic voltage and current Waveforms Measurement of AC quantities Determining RMS values Determining frequency Determining phase angles

Reactance and impedance

Inductive reactance Capacitive reactance Impedance triangle Effects in circuits

Page 190: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

190 © UTL98

Primary Secondary Handling Charging Connections Internal resistance Terminal voltage

Measurement

Meters Meter characteristics Loading effect Sources of error

Series resonance Parallel resonance

Three phase principles

Star and delta connections Line and phase voltages Line and phase currents Three phase power

Power factor

Effects True, apparent and reactive power Power factor improvement

4. Power supplies.

Rectifier diode

P-N junction Silicon and germanium characteristics

Diode specifications Terminal identification Diode ohm meter testing

Half wave rectifier

Basic circuit VAC/VDC relationship Peak inverse voltage Measurement and testing Applications

Centre tapped full wave

Basic circuit VAC/VDC relationship Peak inverse voltage Measurement and testing Applications

Bridge rectifier

Basic circuit Block bridges VAC/VDC relationship Measurement and testing Applications

Fault finding Safety

Three phase rectifiers

Half wave Full wave Waveforms

Filter circuits Capacitor Inductive L section Pi section

Zener regulators

Zener diode characteristics Shunt regulator circuit Regulator specifications Line/load regulation Series resistor calculations Applications

Three terminal regulators

Characteristics and specifications Connection diagram Circuit stability requirements Reverse voltage protection methods

Dual polarity supplies

Need for dual polarity Basic IC dual polarity regulator

Basic power supply protection

Fuses

Page 191: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 191 UTL98

VDRs LCR networks

5. Read and interpret technical manuals.

Drawing interpretation

Conventions Symbols Switching charts

Floor plans

Electrical layout Mechanical services

6. Relays, contactors, solenoids and basic control circuits.

Contactors and relays

Coils and ratings Contacts and ratings Normally open Normally closed Delayed operating contacts Terminals and markings Solenoid/mechanical operations Effects of an air gap on operation

Basic control

Stop/start Overload Interlock/safety Hold-in Power circuit connection Control circuit connection

7. Cables and terminations.

Isolation procedures

Identifying protection devices Isolating Testing Tagging Locking-off

Terminating cords and cables

Requirements Glands Lugs Terminations Copper cables Aluminium cables

Cables

Materials Specifications Colour coding Cable structures Applications Handling

Electrical accessories

Types Applications Fixing methods Fixing techniques

Page 192: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

192 © UTL98

8. Circuit protection and earthing.

Earthing and earthing systems

Regulatory requirement Direct MEN ELCB (voltage operated)

Supplementary earthing protection

Isolation RCD operation RCD circuit connections

Circuit protection

Excess circuit current Over voltage Under voltage Fault current Overload Inverse time characteristics Discrimination Arc central Fuses HRC fuses Circuit breakers Surge diverters

9. Emergency release procedures - trapped passengers.

OH&S considerations Enterprise requirements and procedures

Passenger safety Moving under power Hand winding

Communication with passengers related to status of lift

Determining numbers and condition of passengers Direction of lift travel before stopping Fault indication Status of doors

Communication with passengers related to passenger safety and comfort

Warnings about using controls Warnings about standing near doors Information related to impending movement Information relating to opening of doors Reassurance as to safety of passengers

Emergency medical support

10. Lift components - electro-mechanical.

Lift control circuits (relay logic only)

Button circuit Indicator/lantern circuit Key switch circuits Fans Mains supply Power circuits Floor selector circuitry

Motor room control (selector)

Well control (transducer)

Lift components - electrical

Relays Tachos Limit switches Brushes Selectors Motor/generator Transformers Fuses Lamps Terminals

Page 193: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 193 UTL98

Directional circuitry Slowing and stopping circuitryRe-levelling circuitry Door operator circuitry Acceleration circuits

Safety circuits - type, operation and actuation

Landing door locks Car door locks Emergency stop Pit switch Car trap-door limit switch Fire service Car top switch Tappet switch Governor/switch Safety gear switch Reverse phase relay Phase failure relay Overloads Circuit breakers Limit switches Terminal stopping Door protection Circuit switches

Lift components - electronic

Encoders Transducers Electronic boards Selectors Rectifiers Capacitors Resistors Processor Board I/O board

Electrical layout and special requirements

Lift Code and AS 3000 requirements Special lift symbols Conduits Travelling cable Troughing Colour coding and labelling Segregation LV/ELV Communication cabling Door lock wiring

Drives - types, construction and operation Traction Gearless types

Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)

Geared types

Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)

Drum Rack and pinion Chain Screw

Page 194: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

194 © UTL98

11. Electro-hydraulic lifts.

Electrical circuitry Pump motor, starter Control components and operation

Governor switch Over travel limits Up, down solenoids Up, down limit switches Levelling switch Stop button Faulty components diagnosis

12. Lift systems - basic operations.

Safety issues

Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to

Machine room Top of car Lift pit

Statutory requirements

Lift Code Australian Standards

Escalators and moving walks

Components

Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage

Traction lift components

Types of lifts

Passenger Goods Service

Machine room equipment

Machine Controller Governor Floor selector

Well equipment

Guide rails Landing doors and locks Limit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights

Pit equipment

Buffers Compensators Safety equipment

Car equipment

Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices

Page 195: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 195 UTL98

Hand rail earthing Safety gear

13. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

14. Time management and co-ordination processes.

15. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

16. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

17. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

18. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

19. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

20. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

21. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

22. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

23. Maintain and promote personal well being.

24. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

25. Use hand tools.

26. Use power tools - hand held operation.

27. Measure with graduated devices.

28. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

29. Interpret technical drawings.

30. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

Page 196: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

196 © UTL98

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

ROV Guideline for Release Passengers from Lifts Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C and Group D and Group E and Group F. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 2

Equipment electro-hydraulic lifts electric passenger and goods lifts inclined lifts lifts for passengers with limited mobility and other special purposes

B Do all Procedures enterprise OH&S (work cover)

C At least 3 Components governors

Page 197: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 197 UTL98

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

safety devices safety gear brakes door operator locks and manual release of mechanical brake operation of emergency lowering valves.

D Do all

Communication information required at the site including the number of passengers, the condition of passengers, the direction of lift travel before lift stopped, and indication of fault including abnormal noises and the status of doors information to be passed on to passengers including warnings against standing near doors or tampering with, or using controls information on the impending movement of the lift and opening of doors

E Do all Testing devices multimeter enterprise specific test equipment

F Do all Technical drawings

schematic diagrams

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 198: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

198 © UTL98

Unit NLS406 Lift Performance Assessment

Descriptor: This unit covers those tests and techniques required to assess the performance parameters of lift systems.

Elements Performance criteria

406.1 Plan and prepare to assess the performance of lift systems.

406.1.1 Assessment of lift systems is planned and prepared to ensure OH&S policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

406.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

406.1.3 Performance assessments are checked against job requirements.

406.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

406.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.

406.2 Assess the performance of

406.2.1 OH&S policies and procedures are followed.

Lift systems. 406.2.2 Performance assessments are performed in accordance with requirements.

406.2.3 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

406.2.4 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

406.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

406.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the performance assessments conforms to requirements.

406.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Page 199: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 199 UTL98

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Assessment of performance will include any static and dynamic functions prescribed in the Lift Code, other relevant Australian Standards and State and Territory Regulations applying to inspection and certification.

Competencies apply to work over a wide range of equipment including different types of control systems and equipment spanning a wide age range. Competencies at this level will be demonstrated on non-routine equipment where discretion is required to plan and select the appropriate equipment and techniques.

Systems include traction lifts (including group systems); electrohydraulic lifts; escalators; moving walks

Page 200: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

200 © UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills – Underpinning

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 201: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 201 UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Workshop practices - basic.

Identification of tools Tool use Fitting techniques

Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety

2. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Cables and terminations.

Isolation procedures

Identifying protection devices Isolating Testing Tagging Locking-off

Terminating cords and cables

Requirements Glands Lugs Terminations Copper cables Aluminium cables

Cables

Materials Specifications Colour coding Cable structures Applications Handling

Electrical accessories

Types Applications Fixing methods Fixing techniques

2. Circuit protection and earthing.

Earthing and earthing systems

Regulatory requirement Direct MEN ELCB (voltage operated)

Supplementary earthing protection

Isolation RCD operation RCD circuit connections

Circuit protection

Excess circuit current Over voltage Under voltage Fault current Overload Inverse time characteristics Discrimination Arc central Fuses HRC fuses Circuit breakers Surge diverters

3. Project planning.

Page 202: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

202 © UTL98

Requirements for tender documents Estimating of costs of production Producing visual monitoring system schedules Converting function to time and cost

Graphical “S” curve for recording achievement against plan Extracting Forecasting and control data

4. Electrical principles.

Basic electrical concepts

SI units Charge Voltage Current Resistance Factors affecting resistance Work Energy Power

Effects of current

Physiological Chemical Magnetic Thermal

Resistors

Fixed Variable Linear Non linear Power rating

Sources of EMF

Piezo Photovoltaic Thermal Electromagnetic Chemical

Basic circuits

Principle of operation Ohm’s Law Series circuit Parallel circuit Series-parallel circuit Power Voltage and current laws

Batteries

Primary

Magnetic principles

Magnetic fields Magnetic quantities and units Magnetising curve and hysteresis Reluctance Effect of an air gap Retentivity Forces on conductors

Electromagnetic induction and inductance

Faraday’s law Lenz’s law Inductors Series and parallel connections Inductor specifications and applications Testing inductors Hazards and precautions

Capacitors

Charging/discharging Specifications and applications Series and parallel connections Testing Hazards and precautions

AC fundamentals

Periodic voltage and current Waveforms Measurement of AC quantities Determining RMS values Determining frequency Determining phase angles

Reactance and impedance

Inductive reactance Capacitive reactance Impedance triangle Effects in circuits Series resonance

Page 203: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 203 UTL98

Secondary Handling Charging Connections Internal resistance Terminal voltage

Measurement

Meters Meter characteristics Loading effect Sources of error

Parallel resonance

Three phase principles

Star and delta connections Line and phase voltages Line and phase currents Three phase power

Power factor

Effects True, apparent and reactive power Power factor improvement

5. Motor operation, characteristics and protection.

Three phase motors

Construction Operating principles Performance characteristics

Motor protection

Short duration overloads Sustained overloads Repetitive starting or reversingHigh operating temperature Protection devices

Starting current and starters

Requirements Direct on line Star delta Auto transformer Soft start (electronic) Primary resistance Secondary resistance

Speed torque relationships Connection methods

Braking Rotation

Rule requirements

Control switches Isolating switches Automatic starting

Fault testing

Terminal voltage Insulation resistance

Single phase motors

Construction Split phase motors Capacitor types Universal motor Reversal of rotation

Applications

Torque/power/speed characteristic Power, torque, speed and efficiency

Fault and fault finding

Common faults Diagnostic testing

DC machines

Control of output voltage Armature reaction Commutation Interpoles Back EMF Torque Speed Losses Efficiency

DC machine types and connections

Permanent magnet Separately excited Shunt

Page 204: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

204 © UTL98

Winding resistance/continuity Control and power circuit testing

Alternator principles

Construction details Excitation methods Voltage regulation Ratings

Three phase synchronous motors

Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications

Single phase synchronous motors

Common types Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications

Series Compound Reversal

Characteristics and applications

Excitation/voltage Speed/voltage Load/voltage/load current Torque/load current Torque/speed Speed/load current

DC motor starters

Starting current Current limitation Resistance for limiting starting current Operation of starters

Specialised DC machines

Tachogenerator Servomotors Stepper motors

Ward Leonard system6. Digital electronics.

Digital circuit operation

Binary numbering Truth tables Boolean representation Signification of boolean Circuit implementation Logic probe fault finding

Hexadecimal Binary coded digit (BCD) Binary to decimal conversion Binary to hexadecimal conversion Decimal to hexadecimal conversion Characters using 7 BIT ASCII code Electrostatic discharge precautions

Effect of ESD Handling of components

Operation and characteristics of

Decoders

Operation Seven segment display decoder Encoders - operation Priority encoders Multiplexers Truth table implementation Demultiplexers

Digital sub-systems

Flip-flop operation Level triggered flip-flops Edge triggered flip-flops Synchronous inputs Asynchronous inputs Serial and parallel loading Shift left Shift right

Counters

D flip-flop JK flip-flop Modulus counters

Page 205: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 205 UTL98

displays

LED displays LCD displays

Up/down counters Count speed IC counters Ring counters Astable multivibrators Monostable multivibrators

Logic device terminal characteristics

Logic levels Supply voltages Power dissipation Drive currents Voltage levels Loading Propagation delays Noise margins Switching speed Open collector/drain outputs Tristate logic and buffers Interfacing of different logic families Schmitt trigger device

7. Lift systems - basic operations.

Safety issues

Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to

Machine room Top of car Lift pit

Statutory requirements

Lift Code Australian Standards

Escalators and moving walks

Components

Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting

Traction lift components

Types of lifts

Passenger Goods Service

Machine room equipment

Machine Controller Governor Floor selector

Well equipment

Guide rails Landing doors and locksLimit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights

Pit equipment

Buffers Compensators Safety equipment

Page 206: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

206 © UTL98

Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage Hand rail earthing

Car equipment

Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices Safety gear

8. Electro-hydraulic lifts.

Electrical circuitry Pump motor, starter Control components and operation

Governor switch Over travel limits Up, down solenoids Up, down limit switches Levelling switch Stop button Faulty components diagnosis

9. Industrial computer systems.

Computer systems overview PC hardware orientation Basic DOS commands DOS Set-Up & Utilities Windows operations Word processors

Spreadsheets Databases as used for control applications CAD/Vector graphics Introduction to a control application package

Page 207: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 207 UTL98

10. Control concepts.

Control

Advantages Applications Terminology

Dimensional calculations Basic transducer principles and physical variables

Measurement terminology Types of controllers (include computer resident systems) Process characteristics Basic controller principles Introductory control systems

11. Variable speed drives.

Advantages of Variable Speed Drives Speed and direction control Acceleration control Torque control Energy savings Terminology used with Variable Speed Drives Direction: Forward and Reverse Speed: +ve and -ve Torque: +ve and -ve 4 quadrants of Torque/Speed operation Acceleration: +ve and -ve Load Power, Supply Power, Efficiency 3-Phase AC Induction Motor control principles Operating Characteristics of 3-Phase Squirrel Cage Induction Motors (SQIM) Equivalent circuit of an AC Induction Motor Starting Torque, Pull-up torque, Pull-out Torque, Synchronous Speed Torque/Speed Curve Voltage/Frequency Speed Ratio Frequency affects on AC Motors Operating Characteristics of 3-Phase Slip Ring Induction Motor Torque/Speed Curve Rotor Resistance/Speed relationship

Control System for Variable Speed Drives PWM (Pulse width modulated), VVVF drive (Variable voltage variable frequency) Inverter control system Speed feedback and Control System Current feedback and Control System External Interface Selection of, and Applications for PWM, VVVF Drives Flux Vector Control Drive inverter control system speed feedback and Control System current feedback and Control System select of, and Applications for Slip recovery Drives Control System for Soft Starteroverview of Operation of Soft Starter selection of, and Applications for Soft Starters New Development in AC Variable Speed drive Technology example - Switched Reluctance Drive Motor Protection of AC Variable Speed Drives and Motors Sources of failure: Loss of cooling Overloading Frequent starting Supply problems High ambient temperature

Page 208: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

208 © UTL98

Overview of Electronic Power Control Devices Types of Devices: Power Diodes Power Thyristors Power Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJT’s) Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBT’s) Gate Turn Off Thyristors (GTO’s) Field Controlled Thyristors (FCT’s) Characteristics of Devices Power Ratings Speed of Switching Base/Gate Drive RequirementsCommon Drive Applications for Devices Power Electronic Converters Common Electronic Power Control Circuits for: AC/DC Rectifier, Un-controlled and Controlled DC/AC Inverter, PWM and quasi-Square Wave AC/AC Converters, Rectifier linked to Inverter and a Matrix converter DC/DC converters, PWM Input and Output Waveforms for Power Electronic Converters: Interference generated by circuits, Electrical and Audio Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Introduction to harmonic distortion analysis using microprocessor based test equipment (not mathematical analysis) Filtering techniques employed to optimise EMC Switching Frequency and effects on Motor performance and EMC

Methods of protecting against sources of failure Protecting the frequency Convertor current limit over current trim Protecting the AC Motor Motor Thermal Model Commissioning purpose setting Parameters testing Differentiation of Common Faults in systems source of faults methods to determine nature of fault includes communications and external interface Adjust settings Manufacturers specifications Load testing Identify drive faults source of faults fault finding methods Selection, Installation, and Fault Finding Techniques choosing size of frequency convertor motor loading & cooling checking motor loading oversynchronous speed, advantages mounting position and enclosures supply and control cable selection and installation environmental conditions earthing

12. Transducers.

Page 209: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 209 UTL98

Measurement principles

Measurement process Systems of units Standards, calibration, traceability Errors, accuracy, precision, sensitivity

Transducer classifications and Specifications

Resistive, capacitive, inductive, magnetic, sonic operating range Sensitivity Frequency response Resonant frequency Environment compatibility Repeatability Ruggedness Electrical specifications

Types of transducer

Thermistor Photoresistor Opto-devices Speakers Magnetic pick-ups Strain gauge Hall-effect devices Piezo devices

Interfacing transducers to electronic systems

Mounting methods Electrical/mechanical connections Basic signal conditioning concepts dividers AC/DC, DC/AC Amplifiers Analogue/digital conversion

13. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.

Principles of fluid power

Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure

Components

Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Solenoid values Directional flow

Pressure gauge

Ram/cylinders

Single stage Multi stage

Oil cooler Oil reservoir Filters Seals Bleeding lines General operation

Lift applications

Types of arrangements

Side acting Direct Suspended

Requirements of Lift Code/Standards

Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors

Emergency passenger release

Manual lowering OH&S considerations communications

14. Lift components - electro-mechanical.

Page 210: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

210 © UTL98

Lift control circuits (relay logic only)

Button circuit Indicator/lantern circuit Key switch circuits Fans Mains supply Power circuits Floor selector circuitry

Motor room control (selector)

Well control (transducer) Directional circuitry Slowing and stopping circuitryRe-levelling circuitry Door operator circuitry Acceleration circuits

Safety circuits - type, operation and actuation

Landing door locks Car door locks Emergency stop Pit switch Car trap-door limit switch Fire service Car top switch Tappet switch Governor/switch Safety gear switch Reverse phase relay Phase failure relay Overloads Circuit breakers Limit switches Terminal stopping Door protection Circuit switches

Lift components - electronic

Encoders Transducers Electronic boards Selectors Rectifiers Capacitors Resistors Processor Board I/O board

Lift components - electrical

Relays Tachos Limit switches Brushes Selectors Motor/generator Transformers Fuses Lamps Terminals

Electrical layout and special requirements

Lift Code and AS 3000 requirements Special lift symbols Conduits Travelling cable Troughing Colour coding and labelling Segregation LV/ELV Communication cabling Door lock wiring

Drives - types, construction and operation Traction Gearless types

Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)

Geared types

Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)

Drum Rack and pinion Chain Screw

Page 211: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 211 UTL98

15. Electric lifts - mechanics.

Governors and safety gear Overspeed devices

Types of governors

Vertical shaft Horizontal shaft

Operation of each type of governor Testing procedures for each type of governor Governor rope tension test

Types of safety gear

Type A instantaneous Type B flexible guide clamp Type C wedge clamp Type D oil buffer

Release procedures for each type of safety gear/governor combination Statutory requirements Maintenance, replacement and adjustment of mechanical lift components Door locks Air cords Selectors Bearings

Roller Sleeve

Guide shoes

Roller Slipper

Door guides Landing doors Car doors Tapes/chains Motor room equipment Well equipment Pit equipment Brakes Geared and gearless machine brakes

Brake function and statutory requirements Types of brake operation

Mechanical configurations

External Internal

Electrical operations

Stall motor Solenoid Hydraulic

Brake inspection and adjustment

Mechanical Electrical

Brake circuit operation

Brake circuitry

Manual release of brakes

Safe procedures Release devices

Statutory requirements

Page 212: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

212 © UTL98

16. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

17. Time management and co-ordination processes.

18. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

19. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

20. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

21. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

22. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

23. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

24. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

25. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

26. Maintain and promote personal well being.

27. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

28. Use hand tools.

29. Use power tools - hand held operation.

30. Measure with graduated devices.

31. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

32. Interpret technical drawings.

33. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

Page 213: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 213 UTL98

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

ROV Guideline for Lift Performance Assessment Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A Do all

Performance assessment will include all static and dynamic functions prescribed in the Lift Code, other relevant Australian Standards and State and Territory Regulations applying to performance assessment

B Do all Systems traction lifts

C Do any one

Systems electrohydraulic lifts escalators moving walks

Page 214: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

214 © UTL98

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 215: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 215 UTL98

UTL NLS407 A Co-ordinate Commissioning of Lifts

Descriptor: Co-ordinate maintenance of lift systems (including inspection schedules) and provide technical support to maintenance personnel.

Elements Performance criteria

407.1 Plan and prepare to co-ordinate maintenance.

407.1.1 Maintenance is planned and prepared to ensure OH&S policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

407.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

407.1.3 Maintenance schedules are obtained to enable appropriate allocation of the work.

407.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are made available in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

407.2 Co-ordinate and support

407.2.1 OH&S policies and procedures are followed.

maintenance activities.

407.2.2 Technical support is provided to maintenance personnel where necessary.

407.2.3 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.

407.2.4 Approvals are obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any actions or contingencies are implemented.

407.2.5 Maintenance activities are co-ordinated and appropriately supported.

407.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

407.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

407.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the maintenance lift systems conforms to requirements and that necessary co-ordination has been completed.

407.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Page 216: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

216 © UTL98

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Competency can be demonstrated in the co-ordination activities, leading and participation in and facilitation of the work of others appropriate to the level of autonomy in the workplace, encompassing the communication of established work requirements; monitoring and introduction of best practices consistent with the level of autonomy; ability to co-ordinate resources against work requirements; provision of leadership consistent with the level of autonomy; ability to work effectively with working group; facilitation of problem solving with working group related to the co-ordination of the work; co-ordination of skills within working group to meet work requirements; ability to resolve conflicts related to the co-ordination of the work; participation in internal and external environments to successfully influence technical issues affecting working group; provision of directions related to the co-ordination of the work of others.

The co-ordination of maintenance programs may include working groups that are on-going; project based; cross-functional;

Working groups may include full time employees; part time employees; contractors

Systems may include traction lifts; electrohydraulic lifts; escalators; moving walks

Page 217: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 217 UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 218: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

218 © UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Workshop practices - basic.

Identification of tools Tool use Fitting techniques

Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety

2. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Cables and terminations.

Isolation procedures

Identifying protection devices Isolating Testing Tagging Locking-off

Terminating cords and cables

Requirements Glands Lugs Terminations Copper cables Aluminium cables

Cables

Materials Specifications Colour coding Cable structures Applications Handling

Electrical accessories

Types Applications Fixing methods Fixing techniques

Page 219: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 219 UTL98

2. Circuit protection and earthing.

Earthing and earthing systems

Regulatory requirement Direct MEN ELCB (voltage operated)

Supplementary earthing protection

Isolation RCD operation RCD circuit connections

Circuit protection

Excess circuit current Over voltage Under voltage Fault current Overload Inverse time characteristics Discrimination Arc central Fuses HRC fuses Circuit breakers Surge diverters

3. Electro-hydraulic lifts.

Electrical circuitry Pump motor, starter Control components and operation

Governor switch Over travel limits Up, down solenoids Up, down limit switches Levelling switch Stop button Faulty components diagnosis

4. Electrical principles.

Basic electrical concepts

SI units Charge Voltage Current Resistance Factors affecting resistance Work Energy Power

Effects of current

Physiological Chemical Magnetic Thermal

Resistors

Fixed Variable

Magnetic principles

Magnetic fields Magnetic quantities and units Magnetising curve and hysteresis Reluctance Effect of an air gap Retentivity Forces on conductors

Electromagnetic induction and inductance

Faraday’s law Lenz’s law Inductors Series and parallel connections Inductor specifications and applications Testing inductors Hazards and precautions

Page 220: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

220 © UTL98

Linear Non linear Power rating

Sources of EMF

Piezo Photovoltaic Thermal Electromagnetic Chemical

Basic circuits

Principle of operation Ohm’s Law Series circuit Parallel circuit Series-parallel circuit Power Voltage and current laws

Batteries

Primary Secondary Handling Charging Connections Internal resistance Terminal voltage

Measurement

Meters Meter characteristics Loading effect Sources of error

Capacitors

Charging/discharging Specifications and applications Series and parallel connections Testing Hazards and precautions

AC fundamentals

Periodic voltage and current Waveforms Measurement of AC quantities Determining RMS values Determining frequency Determining phase angles

Reactance and impedance

Inductive reactance Capacitive reactance Impedance triangle Effects in circuits Series resonance Parallel resonance

Three phase principles

Star and delta connections Line and phase voltages Line and phase currents Three phase power

Power factor

Effects True, apparent and reactive power Power factor improvement

Page 221: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 221 UTL98

5. Motor operation, characteristics and protection.

Three phase motors

Construction Operating principles Performance characteristics

Motor protection

Short duration overloads Sustained overloads Repetitive starting or reversingHigh operating temperature Protection devices

Starting current and starters

Requirements Direct on line Star delta Auto transformer Soft start (electronic) Primary resistance Secondary resistance

Speed torque relationships Connection methods

Braking Rotation

Rule requirements

Control switches Isolating switches Automatic starting

Fault testing

Terminal voltage Insulation resistance Winding resistance/continuity Control and power circuit testing

Alternator principles

Construction details Excitation methods Voltage regulation Ratings

Three phase synchronous motors

Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field

Single phase motors

Construction Split phase motors Capacitor types Universal motor Reversal of rotation

Applications

Torque/power/speed characteristic Power, torque, speed and efficiency

Fault and fault finding

Common faults Diagnostic testing

DC machines

Control of output voltage Armature reaction Commutation Interpoles Back EMF Torque Speed Losses Efficiency

DC machine types and connections

Permanent magnet Separately excited Shunt Series Compound Reversal

Characteristics and applications

Excitation/voltage Speed/voltage Load/voltage/load current Torque/load current Torque/speed Speed/load current

DC motor starters

Starting current Current limitation

Page 222: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

222 © UTL98

excitation Applications

Single phase synchronous motors

Common types Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications

Resistance for limiting starting current Operation of starters

Specialised DC machines

Tachogenerator Servomotors Stepper motors

Ward Leonard system

6. Digital electronics.

Digital circuit operation

Binary numbering Truth tables Boolean representation Signification of boolean Circuit implementation Logic probe fault finding

Hexadecimal Binary coded digit (BCD) Binary to decimal conversion Binary to hexadecimal conversion Decimal to hexadecimal conversion Characters using 7 BIT ASCII code Electrostatic discharge precautions

Effect of ESD Handling of components

Operation and characteristics of displays

LED displays LCD displays

Decoders

Operation Seven segment display decoder Encoders - operation Priority encoders Multiplexers Truth table implementation Demultiplexers

Digital sub-systems

Flip-flop operation Level triggered flip-flops Edge triggered flip-flops Synchronous inputs Asynchronous inputs Serial and parallel loading Shift left Shift right

Counters

D flip-flop JK flip-flop Modulus counters Up/down counters Count speed IC counters Ring counters Astable multivibrators Monostable multivibrators

Logic device terminal characteristics

Logic levels Supply voltages Power dissipation Drive currents Voltage levels Loading

Page 223: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 223 UTL98

Propagation delays Noise margins Switching speed Open collector/drain outputs Tristate logic and buffers Interfacing of different logic families Schmitt trigger device

42-NE179 43-NE180 7. Lift systems - basic operations.

Safety issues

Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to

Machine room Top of car Lift pit

Statutory requirements

Lift Code Australian Standards

Escalators and moving walks

Components

Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage Hand rail earthing

Traction lift components

Types of lifts

Passenger Goods Service

Machine room equipment

Machine Controller Governor Floor selector

Well equipment

Guide rails Landing doors and locks Limit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights

Pit equipment

Buffers Compensators Safety equipment

Car equipment

Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices Safety gear

Page 224: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

224 © UTL98

8. Industrial computer systems.

Computer systems overview PC hardware orientation Basic DOS commands DOS Set-Up & Utilities Windows operations Word processors

Spreadsheets Databases as used for control applications CAD/Vector graphics Introduction to a control application package

9. Control concepts.

Control

Advantages Applications Terminology

Dimensional calculations Basic transducer principles and physical variables

Measurement terminology Types of controllers (include computer resident systems) Process characteristics Basic controller principles Introductory control systems

10. Variable speed drives.

Advantages of Variable Speed Drives Speed and direction control Acceleration control Torque control Energy savings Terminology used with Variable Speed Drives Direction: Forward and Reverse Speed: +ve and -ve Torque: +ve and -ve 4 quadrants of Torque/Speed operationAcceleration: +ve and -ve Load Power, Supply Power, Efficiency 3-Phase AC Induction Motor control principles Operating Characteristics of 3-Phase Squirrel Cage Induction Motors (SQIM) Equivalent circuit of an AC Induction Motor Starting Torque, Pull-up torque, Pull-out Torque, Synchronous Speed Torque/Speed Curve Voltage/Frequency Speed Ratio Frequency affects on AC Motors Operating Characteristics of 3-Phase Slip Ring Induction Motor Torque/Speed Curve

Control System for Variable Speed Drives PWM (Pulse width modulated), VVVF drive (Variable voltage variable frequency) Inverter control system Speed feedback and Control System Current feedback and Control System External Interface Selection of, and Applications for PWM, VVVF Drives Flux Vector Control Drive inverter control system speed feedback and Control System current feedback and Control System select of, and Applications for Slip recovery Drives Control System for Soft Starter overview of Operation of Soft Starter selection of, and Applications for Soft Starters New Development in AC Variable Speed drive Technology example - Switched Reluctance Drive Motor Protection of AC Variable Speed Drives and Motors Sources of failure: Loss of cooling Overloading

Page 225: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 225 UTL98

Rotor Resistance/Speed relationship Overview of Electronic Power Control Devices Types of Devices: Power Diodes Power Thyristors Power Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJT’s) Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBT’s) Gate Turn Off Thyristors (GTO’s) Field Controlled Thyristors (FCT’s) Characteristics of Devices Power Ratings Speed of Switching Base/Gate Drive Requirements Common Drive Applications for Devices Power Electronic Converters Common Electronic Power Control Circuits for: AC/DC Rectifier, Un-controlled and Controlled DC/AC Inverter, PWM and quasi-Square Wave AC/AC Converters, Rectifier linked to Inverter and a Matrix converter DC/DC converters, PWM Input and Output Waveforms for Power Electronic Converters: Interference generated by circuits, Electrical and Audio Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)Introduction to harmonic distortion analysis using microprocessor based test equipment (not mathematical analysis) Filtering techniques employed to optimise EMC Switching Frequency and effects on Motor performance and EMC

Frequent starting Supply problems High ambient temperature Methods of protecting against sources of failure Protecting the frequency Convertor current limit over current trim Protecting the AC Motor Motor Thermal Model Commissioning purpose setting Parameters testing Differentiation of Common Faults in systems source of faults methods to determine nature of fault includes communications and external interface Adjust settings Manufacturers specifications Load testing Identify drive faults source of faults fault finding methods Selection, Installation, and Fault Finding Techniques choosing size of frequency convertor motor loading & cooling checking motor loading oversynchronous speed, advantages mounting position and enclosures supply and control cable selection and installation environmental conditions earthing

Page 226: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

226 © UTL98

11. Transducers.

Measurement principles

Measurement process Systems of units Standards, calibration, traceability Errors, accuracy, precision, sensitivity

Transducer classifications and Specifications

Resistive, capacitive, inductive, magnetic, sonic operating range Sensitivity Frequency response Resonant frequency Environment compatibility Repeatability Ruggedness Electrical specifications

Types of transducer

Thermistor Photoresistor Opto-devices Speakers Magnetic pick-ups Strain gauge Hall-effect devices Piezo devices

Interfacing transducers to electronic systems

Mounting methods Electrical/mechanical connections Basic signal conditioning concepts dividers AC/DC, DC/AC Amplifiers Analogue/digital conversion

12. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.

Principles of fluid power Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure

Components Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Solenoid values Directional flow

Pressure gauge Ram/cylinders

Single stage Multi stage

Oil cooler Oil reservoir Filters Seals Bleeding lines General operation

Lift applications Types of arrangements

Side acting Direct Suspended

Requirements of Lift Code/Standards Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors

Emergency passenger release Manual lowering OH&S considerations communications

Page 227: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 227 UTL98

13. Lift components - electro-mechanical.

Lift control circuits (relay logic only) Button circuit Indicator/lantern circuit Key switch circuits Fans Mains supply Power circuits Floor selector circuitry

Motor room control (selector)

Well control (transducer) Directional circuitry Slowing and stopping circuitryRe-levelling circuitry Door operator circuitry Acceleration circuits

Safety circuits - type, operation and actuation

Landing door locks Car door locks Emergency stop Pit switch Car trap-door limit switch Fire service Car top switch Tappet switch Governor/switch Safety gear switch Reverse phase relay Phase failure relay Overloads Circuit breakers Limit switches Terminal stopping Door protection Circuit switches

Lift components - electronic Encoders Transducers Electronic boards Selectors Rectifiers Capacitors Resistors Processor Board I/O board

Lift components - electrical Relays Tachos Limit switches Brushes Selectors Motor/generator Transformers Fuses Lamps Terminals

Electrical layout and special requirements

Lift Code and AS 3000 requirements Special lift symbols Conduits Travelling cable Troughing Colour coding and labelling Segregation LV/ELV Communication cabling Door lock wiring

Drives - types, construction and operation Traction Gearless types

Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)

Geared types Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)

Drum Rack and pinion Chain Screw

14. Electric lifts - mechanics.

Page 228: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

228 © UTL98

Governors and safety gear Overspeed devices

Types of governors

Vertical shaft Horizontal shaft

Operation of each type of governor Testing procedures for each type of governor Governor rope tension test

Types of safety gear

Type A instantaneous Type B flexible guide clamp Type C wedge clamp Type D oil buffer

Release procedures for each type of safety gear/governor combination Statutory requirements Maintenance, replacement and adjustment of mechanical lift components Door locks Air cords Selectors Bearings

Roller Sleeve

Guide shoes

Roller Slipper

Door guides Landing doors Car doors Tapes/chains Motor room equipment Well equipment Pit equipment Brakes Geared and gearless machine brakes

Brake function and statutory requirements Types of brake operation

Mechanical configurations

External Internal

Electrical operations

Stall motor Solenoid Hydraulic

Brake inspection and adjustment

Mechanical Electrical

Brake circuit operation

Brake circuitry

Manual release of brakes

Safe procedures Release devices

Statutory requirements

15. Project planning.

Requirements for tender documents Estimating of costs of production Producing visual monitoring system schedules Converting function to time and cost

Graphical “S” curve for recording achievement against plan Extracting Forecasting and control data

Page 229: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 229 UTL98

16. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

17. Time management and co-ordination processes.

18. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

19. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

20. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

21. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

22. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

23. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

24. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

25. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

26. Maintain and promote personal well being.

27. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

28. Use hand tools.

29. Use power tools - hand held operation.

30. Measure with graduated devices.

31. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

32. Interpret technical drawings.

33. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

Page 230: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

230 © UTL98

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

ROV Guideline for Co-ordinate Commissioning of Lifts Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 5

Aspects of co-ordination - communication of established work requirements. - monitoring and introduction of best practices consistent with the level of autonomy. - ability to co-ordinate resources against work requirements. - provision of leadership consistent with the level of autonomy. - ability to work effectively with working group. - facilitation of problem solving with working group related to the co-ordination of the work.

Page 231: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 231 UTL98

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

- co-ordination of skills within working group to meet work requirements. - ability to resolve conflicts related to the co-ordination of the work. - participation in internal and external environments to successfully influence technical issues affecting working group. - provision of directions related to the co-ordination of the work of others.

B At least 1

Working groups - full time employees - part time employees - contractors

C At least 1

Installation types - traction lifts - electrohydraulic lifts - escalators - moving walks

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 232: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

232 © UTL98

UTL NLS408 A Co-ordinate Maintenance of Lifts

Descriptor: Co-ordinate commissioning of lift systems and provide technical support to commissioning personnel.

Elements Performance criteria

408.1 Plan and prepare to co-ordinate commissioning.

408.1.1 Commissioning is planned and prepared to ensure OH&S policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.

408.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

408.1.3 Commissioning schedules are obtained to enable appropriate allocation of the work.

408.1.4 Materials and equipment necessary to complete the work are made available in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.

408.2 Co-ordinate and support Commissioning activities

408.2.1 OH&S policies and procedures are followed.

408.2.2 Technical support is provided to commissioning personnel where necessary.

408.2.3 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.

408.2.4 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.

408.2.5 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.

408.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

408.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the commissioning of lift systems conforms to requirements.

408.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Page 233: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 233 UTL98

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Competency can be demonstrated in the co-ordination, leading and participation in and facilitation of the work of others appropriate to the level of autonomy in the workplace encompassing the communication of established work requirements, monitoring and introduction of best practices consistent with the level of autonomy; ability to co-ordinate resources against work requirement; provision of leadership consistent with the level of autonomy; ability to work effectively with working group; facilitation of problem solving with working group related to the co-ordination of the work; co-ordination of skills within working group to meet work requirements; ability to resolve conflicts related to the co-ordination of the work; participation in internal and external environments to successfully influence technical issues affecting working group; provision of directions related to the co-ordination of the work of others.

The co-ordination of commissioning programs may include working groups that are on-going; project based; cross-functional;

Working groups may include full time employees; part time employees; contractors

Systems may include traction lifts; electrohydraulic lifts; escalators; moving walks

Page 234: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

234 © UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills – Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 235: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 235 UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Workshop practices - basic.

Identification of tools Use of tools Fitting techniques

Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety

2. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Microprocessor fundamentals.

Microprocessor system Block diagram Central processing unit Read/write memory Read only memory Input output devices Address, data and control busses

Semiconductor RAM ICs Memory cell Memory organisation Addressing methods Storage capacity and density Static and dynamic Volatile and non volatile memory Destructive/non destructive read Read and write cycles Access time Random sequential access Refresh

2. Power control.

Typical power control applications. Heaters, soldering irons, stove elements, lamp dimmers, motor speed controllers etc.) Methods of power control and phase angle control. Pulsed Power Control:

bimetal thermostat heaters half-wave/full-wave control (duo temperature soldering irons) series resistor control (continuously variable)

Power control devices, symbols and specification and in-circuit operation. Operation of typical half-wave and full-wave power control circuits. Limitations of phase angle control and noise reduction methods. Fault finding and safety problems.

Page 236: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

236 © UTL98

3. Electrical principles.

Basic electrical concepts

SI units Charge Voltage Current Resistance Factors affecting resistance Work Energy Power

Effects of current

Physiological Chemical Magnetic Thermal

Resistors

Fixed Variable Linear Non linear Power rating

Sources of EMF

Piezo Photovoltaic Thermal Electromagnetic Chemical

Basic circuits

Principle of operation Ohm’s Law Series circuit Parallel circuit Series-parallel circuit Power Voltage and current laws

Batteries

Primary Secondary Handling Charging Connections

Magnetic principles

Magnetic fields Magnetic quantities and units Magnetising curve and hysteresis Reluctance Effect of an air gap Retentivity Forces on conductors

Electromagnetic induction and inductance

Faraday’s law Lenz’s law Inductors Series and parallel connections Inductor specifications and applications Testing inductors Hazards and precautions

Capacitors

Charging/discharging Specifications and applications Series and parallel connections Testing Hazards and precautions

AC fundamentals

Periodic voltage and current Waveforms Measurement of AC quantities Determining RMS values Determining frequency Determining phase angles

Reactance and impedance

Inductive reactance Capacitive reactance Impedance triangle Effects in circuits Series resonance Parallel resonance

Three phase principles

Star and delta connections

Page 237: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 237 UTL98

Internal resistance Terminal voltage

Measurement

Meters Meter characteristics Loading effect Sources of error

Line and phase voltages Line and phase currents Three phase power

Power factor

Effects True, apparent and reactive power Power factor improvement

4. Digital electronics.

Digital circuit operation

Binary numbering Truth tables Boolean representation Signification of Boolean Circuit implementation Logic probe fault finding

Hexadecimal Binary coded digit (BCD) Binary to decimal conversion Binary to hexadecimal conversion Decimal to hexadecimal conversion Characters using 7 BIT ASCII code Electrostatic discharge precautions

Effect of ESD Handling of components

Operation and characteristics of displays

LED displays LCD displays

Decoders

Operation Seven segment display decoder Encoders - operation Priority encoders Multiplexers Truth table implementation Demultiplexers

Digital sub-systems

Flip-flop operation Level triggered flip-flops Edge triggered flip-flops Synchronous inputs Asynchronous inputs Serial and parallel loading Shift left Shift right

Counters

D flip-flop JK flip-flop Modulus counters Up/down counters Count speed IC counters Ring counters Astable multivibrators Monostable multivibrators

Logic device terminal characteristics

Logic levels Supply voltages Power dissipation Drive currents Voltage levels Loading

Page 238: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

238 © UTL98

Propagation delays Noise margins Switching speed Open collector/drain outputs Tristate logic and buffers Interfacing of different logic families Schmitt trigger device

5. Read and interpret technical manuals.

Drawing interpretation

Conventions Symbols Switching charts

Floor plans

Electrical layout Mechanical services

6. Motor operation, characteristics and protection.

Three phase motors

Construction Operating principles Performance characteristics

Motor protection

Short duration overloads Sustained overloads Repetitive starting or reversingHigh operating temperature Protection devices

Starting current and starters

Requirements Direct on line Star delta Auto transformer Soft start (electronic) Primary resistance Secondary resistance

Speed torque relationships Connection methods

Braking Rotation

Rule requirements

Control switches Isolating switches Automatic starting

Single phase motors

Construction Split phase motors Capacitor types Universal motor Reversal of rotation

Applications

Torque/power/speed characteristic Power, torque, speed and efficiency

Fault and fault finding

Common faults Diagnostic testing

DC machines

Control of output voltage Armature reaction Commutation Interpoles Back EMF Torque Speed Losses Efficiency

DC machine types and connections

Page 239: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 239 UTL98

Fault testing

Terminal voltage Insulation resistance Winding resistance/continuity Control and power circuit testing

Alternator principles

Construction details Excitation methods Voltage regulation Ratings

Three phase synchronous motors

Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications

Single phase synchronous motors

Common types Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications

Permanent magnet Separately excited Shunt Series Compound Reversal

Characteristics and applications

Excitation/voltage Speed/voltage Load/voltage/load current Torque/load current Torque/speed Speed/load current

DC motor starters

Starting current Current limitation Resistance for limiting starting current Operation of starters

Specialised DC machines

Tachogenerator Servomotors Stepper motors

Ward Leonard system 7. Circuit protection and earthing.

Earthing and earthing systems

Regulatory requirement Direct MEN ELCB (voltage operated)

Supplementary earthing protection

Isolation RCD operation RCD circuit connections

Circuit protection

Excess circuit current Over voltage Under voltage Fault current Overload Inverse time characteristics Discrimination Arc central Fuses HRC fuses Circuit breakers Surge diverters

8. Lift systems - basic operations.

Safety issues

Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and

Traction lift components

Types of lifts

Passenger

Page 240: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

240 © UTL98

reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to

Machine room Top of car Lift pit

Statutory requirements

Lift Code Australian Standards

Escalators and moving walks

Components

Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage Hand rail earthing

Goods Service

Machine room equipment

Machine Controller Governor Floor selector

Well equipment

Guide rails Landing doors and locks Limit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights

Pit equipment

Buffers Compensators Safety equipment

Car equipment

Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices Safety gear

9. Advanced test equipment.

Types Uses Advances CROS CRO probes Storage oscilloscopes Signal generators Audio and mini volt meters

Noise and distortion meters Counter timers/frequency meters Chart recorders A/D - D/A converters Logic pulsers Logic probes

10. Industrial computer systems.

Computer systems overview PC hardware orientation Basic DOS commands DOS Set-Up & Utilities

Spreadsheets Databases as used for control applications CAD/Vector graphics

Page 241: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 241 UTL98

Windows operations Word processors

Introduction to a control application package

11. Control concepts.

Control

Advantages Applications Terminology

Dimensional calculations Basic transducer principles and physical variables

Measurement terminology Types of controllers (include computer resident systems) Process characteristics Basic controller principles Introductory control systems

12. Analogue electronics 1.

Operational amplifier circuits

Inverting Non-inverting Voltage follower Transresistance Transconductance

Limitations

Power supply Input voltage Output current

Slew rate

DC non-idealities

Input bias current Input offset current Input offset voltage

Operational amplifiers

Noise calculation Noise measurement

Frequency compensation

Gain and phase margin Single-pole, double pole and feed forward compensation

13. Analogue electronics 2.

Single stage small signal BJT/FET amplifiers

Analysis Alternative modes of operation Determination of DC bias conditions and AC parameters

Determination of the low and high frequency composite gain and phase response of an amplifier. Multistage amplifiers

Coupling techniques Effect on system parameters

Page 242: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

242 © UTL98

14. Transducers.

Measurement principles

Measurement process Systems of units Standards, calibration, traceability Errors, accuracy, precision, sensitivity

Transducer classifications and Specifications

Resistive, capacitive, inductive, magnetic, sonic operating range Sensitivity Frequency response Resonant frequency Environment compatibility Repeatability Ruggedness Electrical specifications

Types of transducer

Thermistor Photoresistor Opto-devices Speakers Magnetic pick-ups Strain gauge Hall-effect devices Piezo devices

Interfacing transducers to electronic systems

Mounting methods Electrical/mechanical connections Basic signal conditioning concepts dividers AC/DC, DC/AC Amplifiers Analogue/digital conversion

15. Engineering design concepts.

Design philosophy Essential features of a design specification Economics of design

Calculation of design loads form loading data Design Standards and Codes Design Procedures

16. Project planning.

Requirements for tender documents Estimating of costs of production Producing visual monitoring system schedules Converting function to time and cost

Graphical “S” curve for recording achievement against plan Extracting Forecasting and control data

17. Transducer applications.

Light and radioactivity detection

Light Sensors Measurement units and terms Photoemissive light sensors Photoconductive light sensors Photovoltaic light sensors X-Ray sensors Nuclear radiation sensors Units of radiation measurement

Motion and force detection

Motion and force sensing basics Linear motion sensors Angular motion sensors Speed of rotation sensors Compression sensors Tension, torque sensors Acceleration, vibration sensors Altitude sensors

Page 243: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 243 UTL98

Radiation sensors

Temperature detection

Temperature-sensing basics Measurement units and terms Bimetallic Fluid-pressure Resistive Semiconductor Thermocouple Radiation pyrometer Oscillating-crystal

Fluid flow and pressure detection

Fluid-flow sensing basics Flow units and terms Rate of flow sensors Quantity of flow sensors Fluid pressure sensing basics Pressure units and terms Pressure sensors Pressure cell Differential-pressure sensors

Moisture and humidity sensors

Moisture and humidity measurement basics Moisture and humidity measurement units and terms Hygrometer-type sensors Resistive Dielectric-film Mechanical displacement Oscillating-crystal Aluminium-oxide Psychrometer-type sensors Dew point sensors Temperature-sensing Instant - of condensation

18. Electronic switching.

Introduction to operating modes of BJT, FET and MOSFET devices

Cut-off Saturation Amplification (analogue)

Relay characteristics

Types Ratings

Relationship of operating modes to industrial control circuits and modules

On/off state resistance Current sinking and sourcing PNP type NPN type Analogue

Voltage level switching circuits

High to low voltage Low to high voltage TTL and CMOS interfacing Applications

The 4-20mA current loop

Range and span of operation Application 4-20mA transmitter/receiver ICs

Speciality interfacing ICs

Opto-coupler ICs RS 232 transmitter/receiver ICs High current driver ICs

19. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

Page 244: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

244 © UTL98

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

20. Time management and co-ordination processes.

21. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

22. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

23. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

24. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

25. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

26. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

27. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

28. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

29. Maintain and promote personal well being.

30. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

31. Use hand tools.

32. Use power tools - hand held operation.

33. Measure with graduated devices.

34. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

35. Interpret technical drawings.

36. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

Page 245: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 245 UTL98

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

ROV Guideline for Co-ordinate Maintenance of Lifts Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 5

Aspects of co-ordination - communication of established work requirements. - monitoring and introduction of best practices consistent with the level of autonomy. - ability to co-ordinate resources against work requirements. - provision of leadership consistent with the level of autonomy. - ability to work effectively with working group. - facilitation of problem solving with working group related to the co-

Page 246: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

246 © UTL98

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

ordination of the work. - co-ordination of skills within working group to meet work requirements. - ability to resolve conflicts related to the co-ordination of the work. - participation in internal and external environments to successfully influence technical issues affecting working group. - provision of directions related to the co-ordination of the work of others.

B At least 1

Working groups - full time employees - part time employees - contractors

C At least 1

Installation types - traction lifts - electrohydraulic lifts - escalators - moving walks

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.

Page 247: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 247 UTL98

UTL NLS409 A Co-ordinate Installation of Lifts

Descriptor: Co-ordinate, lead and participate in and facilitate the work of others appropriate to the level of autonomy in the workplace.

Elements Performance criteria

409.1 Plan and prepare to co-ordinate installation programs.

409.1.1 OH&S policies and procedures are communicated, planned and prepared to ensure these are followed.

409.1.2 Appropriate work sequence is communicated accordance with requirements.

409.1.3 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.

409.1.4 Work of others is checked against requirements.

409.1.5 Materials necessary for others to complete the work are co-ordinated in accordance with established procedures and checked against requirements.

409.2 Co-ordinate installation programs.

409.2.1 OH&S policies and procedures for the work of others are co-ordinated.

409.2.2 The work of others is co-ordinated in accordance with established procedures and requirements.

409.2.3 On-going checks of the quality of work of others is co-ordinated in accordance with established procedures.

409.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.

409.3.1 Final inspections are co-ordinated to ensure the work of others conforms to requirements.

409.3.2 Completion of the work of others is notified in accordance with established procedures.

Page 248: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

248 © UTL98

Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.

Competency can be demonstrated in the co-ordination, leading and participation in and facilitation of the work of others appropriate to the level of autonomy in the workplace encompassing the communication of established work requirements; monitoring and introduction of best practices consistent with the level of autonomy; ability to co-ordinate resources against work requirements; provision of leadership consistent with the level of autonomy; ability to work effectively with working group; facilitation of problem solving with working group related to the co-ordination of the work; co-ordination of skills within working group to meet work requirements; ability to resolve conflicts related to the co-ordination of the work; participation in internal and external environments to successfully influence technical issues affecting working group; provision of directions related to the co-ordination of the work of others

The co-ordination of installation programs may include working groups that are on-going; project based; cross-functional

Working groups may include full time employees; part time employees; contractors

Installations may include traction lifts; electrohydraulic lifts; escalators; moving walks

Page 249: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 249 UTL98

Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:

1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.

1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.

1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings

Knowledge and Skills - Basic

Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.

1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.

2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.

Page 250: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

250 © UTL98

3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Workshop practices - basic.

Identification of tools Use of tools Fitting techniques

Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety

2. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.

OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools

Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR

3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Microprocessor fundamentals.

Microprocessor system Block diagram Central processing unit Read/write memory Read only memory Input output devices Address, data and control busses

Semiconductor RAM ICs Memory cell Memory organisation Addressing methods Storage capacity and density Static and dynamic Volatile and non volatile memory Destructive/non destructive read Read and write cycles Access time Random sequential access Refresh

2. Power control.

Typical power control applications. Heaters, soldering irons, stove elements, lamp dimmers, motor speed controllers etc.) Methods of power control and phase angle control. Pulsed Power Control:

bimetal thermostat heaters half-wave/full-wave control (duo temperature soldering irons) series resistor control (continuously variable)

Power control devices, symbols and specification and in-circuit operation. Operation of typical half-wave and full-wave power control circuits. Limitations of phase angle control and noise reduction methods. Fault finding and safety problems.

Page 251: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 251 UTL98

3. Electrical principles.

Basic electrical concepts

SI units Charge Voltage Current Resistance Factors affecting resistance Work Energy Power

Effects of current

Physiological Chemical Magnetic Thermal

Resistors

Fixed Variable Linear Non linear Power rating

Sources of EMF

Piezo Photovoltaic Thermal Electromagnetic Chemical

Basic circuits

Principle of operation Ohm’s Law Series circuit Parallel circuit Series-parallel circuit Power Voltage and current laws

Batteries

Primary Secondary Handling Charging Connections

Magnetic principles

Magnetic fields Magnetic quantities and units Magnetising curve and hysteresis Reluctance Effect of an air gap Retentivity Forces on conductors

Electromagnetic induction and inductance

Faraday’s law Lenz’s law Inductors Series and parallel connections Inductor specifications and applications Testing inductors Hazards and precautions

Capacitors

Charging/discharging Specifications and applications Series and parallel connections Testing Hazards and precautions

AC fundamentals

Periodic voltage and current Waveforms Measurement of AC quantities Determining RMS values Determining frequency Determining phase angles

Reactance and impedance

Inductive reactance Capacitive reactance Impedance triangle Effects in circuits Series resonance Parallel resonance

Three phase principles

Star and delta connections

Page 252: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

252 © UTL98

Internal resistance Terminal voltage

Measurement

Meters Meter characteristics Loading effect Sources of error

Line and phase voltages Line and phase currents Three phase power

Power factor

Effects True, apparent and reactive power Power factor improvement

4. Digital electronics.

Digital circuit operation

Binary numbering Truth tables Boolean representation Signification of boolean Circuit implementation Logic probe fault finding

Hexadecimal Binary coded digit (BCD) Binary to decimal conversion Binary to hexadecimal conversion Decimal to hexadecimal conversion Characters using 7 BIT ASCII code Electrostatic discharge precautions

Effect of ESD Handling of components

Operation and characteristics of displays

LED displays LCD displays

Decoders

Operation Seven segment display decoder Encoders - operation Priority encoders Multiplexers Truth table implementation Demultiplexers

Digital sub-systems

Flip-flop operation Level triggered flip-flops Edge triggered flip-flops Synchronous inputs Asynchronous inputs Serial and parallel loading Shift left Shift right

Counters

D flip-flop JK flip-flop Modulus counters Up/down counters Count speed IC counters Ring counters Astable multivibrators Monostable multivibrators

Logic device terminal characteristics

Logic levels Supply voltages Power dissipation Drive currents Voltage levels Loading

Page 253: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 253 UTL98

Propagation delays Noise margins Switching speed Open collector/drain outputs Tristate logic and buffers Interfacing of different logic families Schmitt trigger device

42-NE179 43-NE1805. Read and interpret technical manuals.

Drawing interpretation

Conventions Symbols Switching charts

Floor plans

Electrical layout Mechanical services

6. Motor operation, characteristics and protection.

Three phase motors

Construction Operating principles Performance characteristics

Motor protection

Short duration overloads Sustained overloads Repetitive starting or reversingHigh operating temperature Protection devices

Starting current and starters

Requirements Direct on line Star delta Auto transformer Soft start (electronic) Primary resistance Secondary resistance

Speed torque relationships Connection methods

Braking Rotation

Rule requirements

Control switches Isolating switches Automatic starting

Single phase motors

Construction Split phase motors Capacitor types Universal motor Reversal of rotation

Applications

Torque/power/speed characteristic Power, torque, speed and efficiency

Fault and fault finding

Common faults Diagnostic testing

DC machines

Control of output voltage Armature reaction Commutation Interpoles Back EMF Torque Speed Losses Efficiency

DC machine types and connections

Page 254: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

254 © UTL98

Fault testing

Terminal voltage Insulation resistance Winding resistance/continuity Control and power circuit testing

Alternator principles

Construction details Excitation methods Voltage regulation Ratings

Three phase synchronous motors

Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications

Single phase synchronous motors

Common types Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications

Permanent magnet Separately excited Shunt Series Compound Reversal

Characteristics and applications

Excitation/voltage Speed/voltage Load/voltage/load current Torque/load current Torque/speed Speed/load current

DC motor starters

Starting current Current limitation Resistance for limiting starting current Operation of starters

Specialised DC machines

Tachogenerator Servomotors Stepper motors

Ward Leonard system7. Circuit protection and earthing.

Earthing and earthing systems

Regulatory requirement Direct MEN ELCB (voltage operated)

Supplementary earthing protection

Isolation RCD operation RCD circuit connections

Circuit protection

Excess circuit current Over voltage Under voltage Fault current Overload Inverse time characteristics Discrimination Arc central Fuses HRC fuses Circuit breakers Surge diverters

Page 255: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 255 UTL98

8. Lift systems - basic operations.

Safety issues

Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to

Machine room Top of car Lift pit

Statutory requirements

Lift Code Australian Standards

Escalators and moving walks

Components

Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage Hand rail earthing

Traction lift components

Types of lifts

Passenger Goods Service

Machine room equipment

Machine Controller Governor Floor selector

Well equipment

Guide rails Landing doors and locksLimit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights

Pit equipment

Buffers Compensators Safety equipment

Car equipment

Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices Safety gear

59. Advanced test equipment.

Types Uses Advances CROS CRO probes Storage oscilloscopes Signal generators Audio and mini volt meters

Noise and distortion meters Counter timers/frequency meters Chart recorders A/D - D/A converters Logic pulsers Logic probes

Page 256: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

256 © UTL98

10. Industrial computer systems.

Computer systems overview PC hardware orientation Basic DOS commands DOS Set-Up & Utilities Windows operations Word processors

Spreadsheets Databases as used for control applications CAD/Vector graphics Introduction to a control application package

11. Control concepts.

Control

Advantages Applications Terminology

Dimensional calculations Basic transducer principles and physical variables

Measurement terminology Types of controllers (include computer resident systems) Process characteristics Basic controller principles Introductory control systems

12. Analogue electronics 1.

Operational amplifier circuits

Inverting Non-inverting Voltage follower Transresistance Transconductance

Limitations

Power supply Input voltage Output current

Slew rate

DC non-idealities

Input bias current Input offset current Input offset voltage

Operational amplifiers

Noise calculation Noise measurement

Frequency compensation

Gain and phase margin Single-pole, double pole and feed forward compensation

13. Analogue electronics 2.

Single stage small signal BJT/FET amplifiers

Analysis Alternative modes of operation Determination of DC bias conditions and AC parameters

Determination of the low and high frequency composite gain and phase response of an amplifier. Multistage amplifiers

Coupling techniques Effect on system parameters

Page 257: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 257 UTL98

14. Transducers.

Measurement principles

Measurement process Systems of units Standards, calibration, traceability Errors, accuracy, precision, sensitivity

Transducer classifications and Specifications

Resistive, capacitive, inductive, magnetic, sonic operating range Sensitivity Frequency response Resonant frequency Environment compatibility Repeatability Ruggedness Electrical specifications

Types of transducer

Thermistor Photoresistor Opto-devices Speakers Magnetic pick-ups Strain gauge Hall-effect devices Piezo devices

Interfacing transducers to electronic systems

Mounting methods Electrical/mechanical connections Basic signal conditioning concepts dividers AC/DC, DC/AC, Amplifiers Analogue/digital conversion

15. Engineering design concepts.

Design philosophy Essential features of a design specification Economics of design

Calculation of design loads form loading data Design Standards and Codes Design Procedures

EA06016. Project planning.

Requirements for tender documents Estimating of costs of production Producing visual monitoring system schedules Converting function to time and cost

Graphical “S” curve for recording achievement against plan Extracting Forecasting and control data

17. Transducer applications.

Light and radioactivity detection

Light Sensors Measurement units and terms Photoemissive light sensors Photoconductive light sensors Photovoltaic light sensors X-Ray sensors Nuclear radiation sensors

Motion and force detection

Motion and force sensing basicsLinear motion sensors Angular motion sensors Speed of rotation sensors Compression sensors Tension, torque sensors Acceleration, vibration sensors

Page 258: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

258 © UTL98

Units of radiation measurement Radiation sensors

Temperature detection

Temperature-sensing basics Measurement units and terms Bimetallic Fluid-pressure Resistive Semiconductor Thermocouple Radiation pyrometer Oscillating-crystal

Fluid flow and pressure detection

Fluid-flow sensing basics Flow units and terms Rate of flow sensors Quantity of flow sensors Fluid pressure sensing basics Pressure units and terms Pressure sensors Pressure cell Differential-pressure sensors

Altitude sensors

Moisture and humidity sensors

Moisture and humidity measurement basics Moisture and humidity measurement units and terms Hygrometer-type sensors Resistive Dielectric-film Mechanical displacement Oscillating-crystal Aluminium-oxide Psychrometer-type sensors Dew point sensors Temperature-sensing Instant - of condensation

18. Electronic switching.

Introduction to operating modes of BJT, FET and MOSFET devices

Cut-off Saturation Amplification (analogue)

Relay characteristics

Types Ratings

Relationship of operating modes to industrial control circuits and modules

On/off state resistance Current sinking and sourcing PNP type NPN type Analogue

Voltage level switching circuits

High to low voltage Low to high voltage TTL and CMOS interfacing Applications

The 4-20mA current loop

Range and span of operation Application 4-20mA transmitter/receiver ICs

Speciality interfacing ICs

Opto-coupler ICs RS 232 transmitter/receiver ICs High current driver ICs

Page 259: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 259 UTL98

19. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:

− technical manuals and instructions

− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies

− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:

Legislation and Australian Standards

Consultative processes

Training and development

Hazard identification and assessment

Risk assessment and management

Monitoring procedures and records.

20. Time management and co-ordination processes.

21. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.

22. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.

23. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.

24. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.

25. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.

26. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.

27. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.

28. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.

29. Maintain and promote personal well being.

30. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.

31. Use hand tools.

32. Use power tools - hand held operation.

33. Measure with graduated devices.

34. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.

35. Interpret technical drawings.

36. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.

Page 260: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

260 © UTL98

4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.

5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.

6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.

In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.

Page 261: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

© 261 UTL98

ROV Guideline for Co-ordinate Installation of Lifts Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.

The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.

Group No

The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated

List of items from the Range of Variables

A At least 5

Aspects of co-ordination - communication of established work requirements. - monitoring and introduction of best practices consistent with the level of autonomy. - ability to co-ordinate resources against work requirements. - provision of leadership consistent with the level of autonomy. - ability to work effectively with working group. - facilitation of problem solving with working group related to the co-ordination of the work. - co-ordination of skills within working group to meet work requirements. - ability to resolve conflicts related to the co-ordination of the work. - participation in internal and external environments to successfully influence technical issues affecting working group. - provision of directions related to the co-ordination of the work of others.

B At least 1

Working groups - full time employees - part time employees - contractors

C At least 1

Installation types - traction lifts - electrohydraulic lifts - escalators - moving walks

Page 262: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights

Lift Industry Training Package

262 © UTL98

Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.

In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.